Libro English A2 Waystage 1st Edition

INATEC
Tecnológico Nacional
STUDENT MANUAL
ENGLISH A2 WAYSTAGE
DISCIPLINE: ENGLISH
LEVEL OF EDUCATION: SPECIALIST TECHNICIAN
ENGLISH A2 WAYSTAGE
CREDITS
This is a National Technological Institute (INATEC) publication.
The contents used to create this manual come from different authors. We have put a lot of effort to
make sure that this study material provides students accurate and valuable information. In fact, this
information is being constantly revised and updated. Nevertheless, INATEC will not be responsible for
the validation of this material nor the outcomes achieved by its usage.
Reproduction and diffusion of this material for educational or any other non-commercial usage
is authorized without previous written authorization. However, the information source must be
emphasized.
English A2 Waystage
INTRODUCTION
The manual “A2 Waystage” is aimed at helping English students improve the learning process in the
classroom.
The main purpose of this manual is to provide students helping technical foundations in order to
complement and strengthen the different skills they acquire at program center.
This manual is composed by the following lessons:
1. Comparing people, animals, and 11. Interrupting actions in the past
objects 12. Talking about unfinished actions
2. Talking about wonders in the world 13. Story telling
3. Providing specific information 14. Emphasizing actions and results
4. Talking about popular dishes 15. Making request
5. Talking about prices 16. Expressing advice and suggestions
6. Giving instructions 17. Expressing obligations, needs, and rules
7. Expressing habits and actions in 18. Identifying specific information
progress
19. Replacing subjects and objects
8. Talking about future plans and
arrangements 20. Talking about real situations
9. Making predictions 21. Talking about unreal situations
10. Expressing past events 22. Formal reporting
General, technical and scientific information you need to know in order to acquire the competence
unit and linguistic competence provided by these lesson contents.
This manual contains illustrations, drawings, and graphics intended to help you internalize target
information.
Unknown words and technical terms not commonly used are defined and placed along the text.
At the end of the manual you will find the following information:
Annexes:
• Let’s talk activities
• Grammar appendix
• Listening script
• Glossary
• Irregular and regular verb list
• Index of table
• Bibliography
We hope this information helps you improve your language learning skills.
TECNOLÓGICO NACIONAL
English A2 Waystage
INDEX
UNIT I: .................................................................................. 1 Grammar: Past simple...................................................................... 66
Lesson 2: Interrupting actions in the past................................. 72
Lesson 1: Comparing people, animals, and objects..................... 1
Can do: Talk about historical events.............................................72
Can do: Talk about how life has changed ..................................... 1
Vocabulary: Historical events.........................................................72
Vocabulary: Adjectives and adverbs............................................... 1
Grammar: Past continuous..............................................................72
Grammar: Comparative form (-er, -ier, more, less)........................ 1
Lesson 2: Talking about wonders in the world............................ 8 UNIT VI: .............................................................................80
Can do: Describe nature and environments................................8 Lesson 1: Talking about unfinished actions................................80
Vocabulary: Nature and Environment ...........................................8 Can do: Talk about personal achievement, entertainment and
Grammar: Superlative form (-est, most).........................................8 experience................................................................................... 80
Lesson 3: Providing specific information..................................16 Vocabulary: Experiences ............................................................... 80
Can do: Talk about interests and hobbies.................................. 16 Grammar: Present perfect.............................................................. 80
Vocabulary: Personal interests ..................................................... 16 Lesson 2: Story telling..................................................................86
Grammar: Adverbs of manner........................................................ 16 Can do: Talk about past events, vacations................................ 86
UNIT II: ..............................................................................25 Vocabulary: Connectors of sequence......................................... 86
Grammar: Conjunctions (FANBOYS)............................................ 86
Lesson 1: Talking about popular dishes.....................................25
Can do: Talk about food you like and want to eat ................. 25 UNIT VII: ............................................................................90
Vocabulary: Food containers ........................................................ 25 Lesson 1: Emphasizing actions and results................................90
Grammar: Countable and uncountable nouns.......................... 25
Can do: Express stopped actions and continued actions..... 90
Lesson 2: Talking about prices....................................................31 Vocabulary: Common verbs/phrases.......................................... 90
Can do: Talk about healthy food, ask and answer questions Grammar: Gerunds and infinitives................................................ 90
about prices...................................................................................31 Lesson 2: Making request ..........................................................95
Vocabulary: Quantifiers.....................................................................31 Can do: Talk about things you can/cannot do and things you
Grammar: How much and how many............................................31
could/could not do, also talk about people's abilities...... 95
UNIT III: ............................................................................. 37 Vocabulary: Hobbies...................................................................... 95
Lesson 1: Giving instructions....................................................... 37 Grammar: Can/could/be able to................................................... 95
Can do: Give and follow instructions, orders and commands.37 UNIT VIII: .......................................................................... 101
Vocabulary: School rules.................................................................37
Lesson 1: Expressing advice and suggestions.......................... 101
Grammar: Imperative form..............................................................37
Can do: Talk about health problems and common illnesses.......101
Lesson 2: Expressing habits and actions in progress.............. 43
Vocabulary: Health..................................................................................101
Can do: Ask and answer true questions, describe actions in Grammar: Should/shouldn’t..................................................................101
progress.........................................................................................43
Lesson 2: Expressing obligations, needs and rules................ 107
Vocabulary: Traveling.......................................................................43
Can do: Talk about jobs obligations and rules............................... 107
Grammar: Simple present Vs Present continuous....................43
Vocabulary: : Phrases related to Jobs.............................................. 107
UNIT IV: .............................................................................50 Grammar: Must/have to........................................................................ 107
Lesson 1: Talking about future plans and arrangements ........50 UNIT IX: ............................................................................ 112
Can do: Talk about how you celebrate special days, talk about
Lesson 1: Identifying specific information................................. 112
plans and arrangements, talk about predictions............... 50
Can do: Talk about additional information and touristic places.
Vocabulary: Common verbs/phrases.......................................... 50
Grammar: Present continuous and going to............................. 50 ........................................................................................................ 112
Vocabulary: Touristic places.......................................................... 112
Lesson 2: Making predictions...................................................... 57
Grammar: Relative clauses............................................................. 112
Can do: Describe the weather, Talk about future predictions .57
Lesson 2: Replacing subjects and objects............................... 116
Vocabulary: The weather ................................................................57
Grammar: Future time (will/going to)............................................57 Can do: Specify that the subject is doing something by or to
itself................................................................................................116
UNIT V: ..............................................................................66 Vocabulary: Sports...........................................................................116
Lesson 1: Expressing past events...............................................66 Grammar: Reflexive pronouns.......................................................116
Can do: Talk about past events and experiences ................ 66
UNIT X: ............................................................................. 121
Vocabulary: Personal experience ............................................... 66
English A2 Waystage
Lesson 1: Talking about real situations.................................... 121 Audio Script.................................................................................. 189

Can do: Talk about the real world or general truths; Talk about Glossary........................................................................................ 212
possible events and situations in the future....................... 121 INDEX OF TABLES....................................................................... 219
Vocabulary: Holidays....................................................................... 121 BIBLIOGRAPHY.......................................................................... 220
Grammar: Zero and 1st conditionals............................................ 121
Lesson 2: Talking about unreal situations.................................127
Can do: Talk about imaginary, hypothetical or unlikely situations
....................................................................................................... 127
Vocabulary: Money.......................................................................... 127
Grammar: Second conditional...................................................... 127
Lesson 3: Formal reporting........................................................ 132
Can do: Show interest in the person or object that experiences
an action...................................................................................... 132
Vocabulary: Verbs (participle)....................................................... 132
Grammar: Passive voice (Simple present and Past simple).. 132
Let’s talk activities....................................................................... 138
Grammar appendix...................................................................... 149
English A2 Waystage
USEFUL LANGUAGE
A Listen and repeat these useful phrases, then model with a classmate.
■ GETTING HELP
I’m sorry. What did Could I have a

you say? copy?
I don’t understand. What’s the opposite

What do you mean? of…?
What’s the difference

Can you help me?
between … and …?
■ APOLOGIZING/MAKING EXCUSES
Sorry, I’m late. I couldn’t do the

homework because….
I couldn’t come to class I have to leave early

yesterday because… today because…
■ WORKING IN PAIRS/GROUPS
What do we have Whose turn is

to do? it?
What did she/he What do you think?

say?
We haven’t finished yet. Do you agree?
Unit I - Lesson 1: Comparing people, animals, and objects
In this unit, you will learn how to compare people, animals and objects; talk
UNIT I: about wonders in the world; and get personal interest information.
Lesson 1: Comparing people, animals, and objects

Can do: Talk about how life has changed
Vocabulary: Adjectives and adverbs

Grammar: Comparative form (-er, -ier, more, less)
1 READING Unknown words

Jet lag = a feeling of tiredness that a person
a. Read and listen to the following article. gets after travelling a long distance through
different time zones by plane.
Keep in touch = be in contact with someone.
Be away = outside
How do people keep in touch?
“Well, at work we use video conferencing for meetings with our

international offices. It’s less expensive than a business trip and
more convenient. And you don’t get jet lag, either!”
Luisa R.
“Well, I video call my parents. They think it’s better than the phone
calls because they can see me. I guess it’s a good way to keep in
touch when I’m away from home.”
Jessica S.
“We use email at work, but I use my social network to keep in touch
with friends. I was getting a lot of spam in my personal email; there’s
nothing worse than spam in your inbox.”
Yuritza R.
“I text my friend all day. Texting is a lot more convenient than calling.
It’s more interesting. I can’t do it in class, though.”
Arlen C.
TECNOLÓGICO NACIONAL 1
English A2 Waystage
“Well, I know regular mail is slower and less reliable than e-mail, but
cards are more personal, and I never send those e-cards. I just think
it’s nicer to get a real card.”
Cinthya Ch.
b. Mark the sentences True or False.
1. Arlen spends all her day texting. __ Watch out!

2. Cinthya says video conferencing is cheap. __ Texting messages is easier than sending
email. NOT Texting messages is more easy/
3. Luisa thinks it’s nicer to get a real card. __
easier than sending email.
4. Jessica says it’s a good way to keep in touch
when she is at university. __
5. Yuritza got a lot of spam in her inbox. __
Look at the sentences with comparative forms. Circle the correct form.
a. Arlen says texting is more convenient/convenienter than calling. It’s more interesting/
interestinier than calling, too.
b. Cinthya thinks real cards are more personal/nice than e-cards.
c. Luisa says that video conferencing is expensiver/more expensive than a business trip.
d. Jessica’s parents think that video calling is good/better than phone calls.
e. Yuritza says nothing is worse/bad than spam in your inbox.
Comparative form
Irregular comparative
Go to grammar appendix on
good-better
page 149
bad-worse
far-farther/further
2 TECNOLÓGICO NACIONAL
2 LISTENING/SPEAKING
a. Listen and repeat the following adjectives.
1. brave 2. confident 3. generous 4. determined 5. motivated
6. fit 7. reliable 8. talented 9. long 10. fast
11. relaxed 12. short 13. big 14. easy 15. difficult
16. important 17. bad 18. good 19. old 20. young 21. heavy
22. weak 23. thin 24. famous 25. new 26. cheap 27. expensive
28. sociable 29. slow 30. friendly
English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to four people talking about how life is easier for teenagers nowadays. Who says that…
Write I (Ingrid), M (Manuel), A (Anielka), R (Ramon) next to the statement.
1. There are good and bad teenagers. __I__

Adverbs
2. Teenagers and adults aren’t very different. ___
adjective + ly
3. Teenagers in the present and past are really the same. ___ quick + ly = quickly
4. Life is probably more difficult for teenagers today. ___ slow + ly = slowly
Irregular adverbs
5. The main problem for teenagers is how they look. ___
hard hard
6. School was easier before. ___ good well
c. Work in pairs. What about you? Answer the questions.
1. Do you agree with the opinions of the people from the audio?
Which one(s), and why?
2. How easy do you think your life is?
d. Look at the question below. Ask this question to your classmates. Then, listen to five people
talking about how their lives have changed over the last two years. Write the number of the
speakers next to the topics.
Do you spend more or less time on…? Why? THEN NOW
Topic Speaker #
Shopping
Seeing friends
THEN NOW
Working
Cooking
Getting to work
THEN NOW THEN NOW
e. Discuss the following questions with a partner.
• Do you have less or more free time than a year ago? Why?
• What don’t you have time for, nowadays? What would you like to have more
time for?
• How do you get to work/school/university? How long does it take you?
• Do you usually arrive on time at work/school/university/? Why (not)?
• Does technology make your life simpler or more complicated?
f. Listen to Leonel asking for some advice to buy a smartphone or a tablet. Complete the chart
below with people’s answers either tablet or smartphone.
Speaker # Which is bigger? Which is cheaper? Which is lighter? Which has better Which is better?
resolution?
3 SPEAKING
a. Work with a partner. Compare the things on the list. Use adjectives in parenthesis.
e.g. movies/books Books are more interesting than Movies.

Movies are more boring than books.
1. summer/winter (dry/rainy)
2. football/baseball (interesting/boring)
3. dogs/cats (clean/loyal)
4. Spanish language/German language (easy/
difficult)
5. lion/cheetah (aggressive/fast)
6. Tokyo/London (exciting/important)
7. Toyota/Honda (fast /modern)
8. smartphone/Iphone (nice/expensive)
9. The beatles/Michael Jackson (good/famous)
10. The United States/ Russia (cold/beautiful)
English A2 Waystage
b. Work in small groups. Analize the sentences. Do you agree or disagree with these ideas? Why?
e.g. Unknown words

A laptop is better than a TV.
I agree, because a laptop helps us more in our Poverty = the condition of being
studies than a TV. extremely poor.
Unemployment = the number of people
1. Education is more important than fashion.
who do not have a job that provides
2. Poverty is worse than pollution. money.
Hunger = the feeling you have when
3. Hunger is more difficult than being homeless. you need to eat.
4. Violence is more problematic than unemployment. Homeless = without a home
Violence = actions or words that are
5. Learning English is more interesting than Mandarin intended to hurt people
Chinese. Crime = illegal activities
c. Work in pairs. Ask the following questions around the classroom.
e.g.
Who is slimmer your friend or you?
I’m thinner than my friend. My friend is fatter than me.
1. Which one is more interesting, Ometepe Island or Corn Island?
2. Which language is more important, English or Chinese?
3. Who is more confident, your father or your mother?
4. Who is younger, your father or your mother?
5. Which one is cheaper, a smartphone or a tablet?
6. Which country is farther from your country, Russia or

Japan?
7. Which one is more delicious, pork or sea food?
8. Who is more famous, Rafael Nadal or Usain Bolt?
9. Which animal is bigger, rhinoceros or hippopotamus?
10. Which animal is smarter, an eagle or a snake?
4 WRITING/READING/SPEAKING (The pros and cons)
a. Work in pairs. Choose one of the ways of communicating below. Then, make a list of its
advantages and disadvantages such as the example in the box.
video calling texting social networking phone calls email online shopping
Advantages of video calling Disadvantages
• It’s more fun to video call than chatting • People talk longer on a video call.
with a close friend.
• It’s cheaper. • It’s harder to say good- bye.
b. The text below is divided into four sections. Read the help note for an explanation. Then use
your list from the chart you made to write a similar text.
The Pros and Cons of Video Calling

Help note
1. Video calling is becoming more and more popular,
Writing a text giving pros and cons
and some of my friends now call me every day.
1. Write an introduction to the topic.
2. It’s more fun to video call than chatting with a close
friend if you don’t see him/her very often. 2. Write about the advantages.
3. Write about the disadvantages.
3. On the other hand, video calls can be a problem.
Sometimes you don’t want people to see you, and However, …
it can be embarrassing. Also, people talk longer on On the other hand, …
a video call than a voice call. For some reason, it’s 4. Write a conclusion, giving your views.
harder to say good-bye.
I think…
4. In my opinion, video calling is good for people you
In my opinion, …
don’t see very often. However, for friends, a quick
text message or voice call is much better.
c. Work in group. Read your classmates’ texts. Whose opinions do you agree or disagree
with? Why?
English A2 Waystage
Lesson 2: Talking about wonders in the world

Can do: Describe nature and environments
Vocabulary: Nature and Environment
Grammar: Superlative form (-est, most)
1 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the following nature vocabulary.
1. canal 2. bridge 3. dam 4. lighthouse 5. island
6. bay 7. river 8. beach 9. sea 10. volcano
11. coast 12. ground 13. desert 14. cliff 15. park
16. meadow 17. jungle 18. forest 19. lake 20. lagoon 21. landscape
22. waterfall 23. mountain 24. path 25. rainforest 26. canyon
Unit I - Lesson 2: Talking about wonders in the world
b. Listen and repeat the environment vocabulary.
1. recycling 2. conservation 3. garbage 4. preservation 5.greenhouse

effect
6. pollution 7. sea level 8. ozone layer 9. global warming 10. ecosystem
11. biodegradable 12. disposable 13. endangered 14. chemicals 15. smog
species
16. erosion 17. flood 18. hurricane 19. drought 20. pesticides
21. heat wave 22. climate change 23. earthquake 24. wild life
Unknown words
• Salt flat = areas of flat land covered with a • Mind boggling = overwhelming; startling
layer of salt. • acres = a unit for measuring area, equal
• crest = the top or hightest part os to 4047 speare meters or 4840 square
something such as a wave or a hill. yards.
English A2 Waystage
c. Listen to some people giving descriptions about some landscapes they have visited in the
world. Complete the chart.
Speaker # Landscape location Size height Characteristic
d. First read the questions and statements below. Listen to the article about Rainforests, then
circle the correct answers.
1. Rainforests are Earth's oldest living ecosystems, with some surviving in their present form
for over ______.
a) 60 million years b) 70 million years c) 80 million years
2. What are the two types of rainforests?

a) temperate and tropical b) sub-tropical and temperate c) tropical and taiga
3. Tropical rainforests are primarily located in _____.

a) cooler climates b) warmer climates c) dry climates
4. Rainforests receive up to about _____ feet of rain per year.

a) 44 b) 43 c) 33
5. Rainforests absorb ________.

a) solar radiation b) oxygen c) chemical pesticides
6. Rainforests create about _______ of Earth's breathable air.

a) 30% b) 40% c) 20%
7. What is deforestation?
a) cutting down trees to develop land for homes and businesses
b) cutting down trees to use the land for something else, like farming
c) Both, b and c are correct
Unknown words
• roamed = to move about or travel, • boundaries = a real or imagined line that
especially without a clear idea of what you marks the edge or limit of something.
are going to do. • assortment = a group of different types of
• thrive = to grow, develop, or be successful. something.
• covering a wide area. • carbon dioxide = the gas formed when
• temperate = (of weather conditions) carbon is burned or when people or
neither very hot nor very cold animals breath out.
• lush = area has a lot of green, healthy
plants, grass, and trees.
2 READING
a. Read and listen to the texts about the Seven Natural Wonders of the world.
The Seven Natural Wonders of the World

The Grand Canyon is a steep-sided canyon that was carved by the
Colorado River. It is located in the northern part of Arizona. Most
of the Grand Canyon is located in the Grand Canyon National Park,
which was one of the first national parks created in the United States.
It is the longest in the world with approximately 227 miles.
Irregular comparative and superlatives Unknown words

• border = the line that separates one country from
• good – better - the best
another.
• bad – worse – the worst
• harbor = a place with water where ships can stay.
• far - farther/further – the farther/further
• National Park = a public area with natural attractions.
• peak = the pointed top of a mountain.
English A2 Waystage
The Great Barrier Reef is located on the northeastern part of Australia

and it is the largest coral reef system in the world. The Great Barrier
Reef is amusing and has about 900 islands and 3,000 individual
reefs. It is located in the Coral Sea and is 616 miles long.
The Harbor of Rio de Janeiro is located on the east coast of Brazil.

It is in the Guanabara bay and the Atlantic Ocean. It was originally
discovered in 1502 by portuguese explorers. It has many mountains
around it and the mountains create an entrance into the bay.
Mount Everest is part of the Himalayas and it is the highest point

of elevation in the world. The height measured by the peak of the
mountain is approximately 29,029 feet above sea level and it marks
the border between China and Nepal.
The Northern lights, also called the “aurora borealis” are observed
in the night sky. They are natural lights displayed in the sky and
are typically above the Polar regions. From far away, the lights can
appear green or red and it is a wonderful picture.
The Paricutin Volcano is located in the Mexican state of Michoacan.

It is approximately 10, 400 feet above sea level. It last erupted in
1952.
Victoria Falls is a spectacular waterfall system located in the Zambezi

River in southern Africa. Victoria Falls are not the highest waterfalls in
the world, but some claim that they are the largest.
b. Read the text again. Complete the chart.
Natural wonder Location Characteristics
The Grand Canyon

The Great Barrier Reef
The Harbor of Rio de Janeiro
Mount Everest
The Northern Lights
The Paricutin Volcano
Victoria Falls
c. Choose the correct form to complete the following sentences with superlative form.
1. The Grand Canyon is _________ in the world.
a) the most long b) longest c) the longest

2. The Great Barrier Reef is __________coral reef system in the world.
a) largest b) the most large c) the largest
3. Mount Everest __________ point of elevation in the world.
a) the highest b) highest c) the most highest
Superlative forms
Go to grammar appendix on page 149
English A2 Waystage
3 SPEAKING
a. Complete the questions using Who or What with the superlative form. Then, answer them.
What or Who is…? e.g.

What is the hardest (hard) word to pronounce in English?
1. ______ (beautiful) word in your language?

2. ______ (tall) in your family?
3. ______ (good) soccer player in the world?
4. ______ (difficult) subject at school/university?
5. ______ (bad) kind of music nowdays?
6. ______ (tall) person in your family?
7. ______ (popular) person in your English class?
8. ______ (interesting) place in your city?
9. ______ (large) city in your country?
10. ______ (smart) friend you know?
b. Ask the following questions to your classmates around the classroom.
e.g.
A: What’s the quickest way to get to work?
B: The quickest way to get to work is by motorcycle because it’s an available means of
transportation to allow you to arrive early at work, even when the traffic is heavy.
1. What’s the cheapest sport to practice?

2. What’s the most interesting landscape in your country?
3. What’s the highest volcano in Nicaragua?
4. What’s the most important city in Nicaragua?
5. What’s the most popular sport in your country?
6. What’s the most polluted city in your country?
7. What’s the most dangerous city to walk at night?
8. What’s the hottest place in Nicaragua?
c. Suppose you are a tour guide; talk to your classmates about the touristic places in your country
using superlative forms.
e.g.
Granada is one of the most touristic departments in Nicaragua, because it has the most
interesting places. Cocibolca lake is the largest lake in Nicaragua. Another important place is
the Mombacho Volcano Nature Reserve, having a height of 1400 meters above sea level. It is
the fifth highest volcano in the Nicaraguan chain.
TIP
To describe a place: Introduce the place you are going to describe. Say what and where it
is. Describe what you can see and do there. Give your opinion of the place and explain it.
4 WRITING
a. Read the following paragraph about Apoyo lagoon. Then write a short paragraph about
another nature landscape in your country.
Apoyo lagoon is a nature reserve located between the
departments of Masaya and Granada in Nicaragua that protects
a volcanic lake, Laguna de Apoyo, and its drainage basin.
Apoyo attracts tourists with various tourist attractions such
as dark sand beaches for swimming, kayaking, hiking, scuba
diving, birdwatching, and nature. It is the most amazing place
I’ve visited because it has a wonderful sightseeing.
Unknown words
• drainage basin = an area of land from • Scuba diving = the sport of swimming
which the rain flows into a particular river underwater with special breathing
or lake, etc. equipment.
• kayaking = the activity of travelling in a • Birdwatching = the hobby of studying
kayak. wild birds in their natural environment.
• hiking = the activity of going for long walks
in the countryside.
English A2 Waystage
Lesson 3: Providing specific information

Can do: Talk about interests and hobbies
Vocabulary: Personal interests

Grammar: Adverbs of manner
1 READING
a. Read and listen to the following text from a story.
The shopping list

Last Saturday Frank went shopping with his wife Arlen. They took the car to the shopping
center. There was a lot of traffic on the road. That’s why his wife had to drive slowly. “Did you
bring the shopping list, Frank?” Arlen wanted to know. “No, I didn’t” Frank answered quickly.
“But I told you to take it.” Arlen said angrily. “Sorry Arlen, but I forgot all about it,” Frank said.
“Well, then you have to write a list now.” Arlen said. Frank said worriedly, “but you know that
I can’t read or write in the car. It always makes me feel sick”.
“Oh, Frank, you’re terrible,” Arlen said, “then I have to write the list. Where’s my bag?” “I can’t
see it anywhere, Frank.” Arlen answered. “Oh no, I left it on the kitchen table”, said Arlen
nervously. “What are we going to do about it?” “I know,” Frank suggested happily.” “We drive
back and fetch your handback and the shopping list.” “Good idea”, Arlen said.
She turned right at the next traffic lights and returned home to Jinotepe…
b. Mark the statements True or False.
1. Arlen had to drive fast. ____ 4. Arlen has to write the shopping list
2. Arlen didn’t want to know about the again. ___
shopping list. ___ 5. Frank was happy because they came
3. Frank forgot everything about the back home. ___
shopping list. ___
c. Look at the sentences with Adverbs of manner highlighted in the story. Complete the following
sentences by choosing the right adverbs of manner.
1. Anielka sings very good/well/goodly.

2. She sang beautifully/beautiful/beautifuly in the concert.
3. When she finished her performance she talked loudly/loud/louddily to her partner.
Unit I - Lesson 3: Providing specific information
REMEMBER
Adverbs of manner tell us about verbs. Adverbs of manner
They describe how somebody does
Go to grammar appendix
something or how something happens. on page 151
Adjectives (not adverbs) tell us about
nouns
a. Listen and repeat the personal interest and hobby vocabulary.
Interest and hobby
1. playing card 2. going to the 3. cooking 4. gardening 5. knitting

games cinema
6. playing 7. puzzle games 8. watching TV 9. traveling 10. reading

instruments books
11. painting 12. eating out 13. playing computer games 14. listening to 15. going
/ sports music shopping
16. hanging out 17. riding a bike 18. doing arts and crafts 19. taking photos 20. singing
with friends
21. dancing 22. swimming 23. learning languages 24. hiking
English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to two people talking about their interests. Choose the best option that summarizes the
conversation.
1. Claudia and Anielka talk about all the different things they do when they aren't working.
2. Anielka asks Claudia if she would like to try meditation.
3. Claudia and Anielka find out that they have the same hobby – meditation.
c. Discussion
1. What are your personal interests? How do you do them? Why do you do them?
d. Listen to someone talking about their friends’ personal interests. Complete the chart.
Friends Interest Why?
e. Listen to a job interview and answer the following questions.
1. Is Mindy a hard worker? _________________________________________________

2. Is Mindy punctual? _____________________________________________________
3. Does Mindy drive fast? __________________________________________________
4. Can Mindy speak any other language? ______________________________________
5. Does Mindy type slowly? _________________________________________________
6. Does Mindy have good computer skills? _____________________________________
7. Why is Mindy meeting with Tony? __________________________________________
8. How often is Mindy late? _________________________________________________
How do we use adverbs?

Function: To describe a verb e.g. They are • angry = angrily
studying quietly. • happy = happily
Form: 1) Usually you make an adverb by 3) some adverbs have the same forms as the
adding “ly” to an adjective. e.g. adjective adjectives e.g.
+ ly
• late = late Don’t arrive late.
• quiet = quietly
• early = early He arrived early.
• poor = poorly
• hard = hard You kick hard.
• slow = slowly
• fast = fast Don’t drive fast.
2) the adjective ends with “y” drop the y
and add ily. e.g. The adverb of good is well. e.g. You play piano
• easy = easily well.
f. Listen and repeat the sentences.
1. The test was incredibly easy.

2. Tom is frequently late for work.
3. The music was beautifully performed.
4. The professor spoke intelligently about his subject.
5. Movies typically take about two hours from the start to the end.
6. The experts are cautiously optimistic about the outcome.
7. Traffic moved steadily forward.
8. The police officers are acutely aware of the dangers they face.
9. That car is illegally parked.
10. The guest specifically asked for a hotel room overlooking the pool.
English A2 Waystage
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Ask and answer the following questions to your classmates.
1. How fast do you learn a language?

2. Do you think bus drivers and taxi drivers in your city
drive well or badly?
3. Do you sing well?
4. What is something that you do very cautiously?
5. Do you study hard?
6. What is something you do quickly?
7. What is something you rarely do?
8. What is something that you have successfully completed?
9. What is something you really hate and something you really love?
10. What is something you can do easily?
b. Find someone who….
e.g.
Do you eat quickly?
Classmate’s name Classmate’s name
1. eats quickly 1. talks quickly

2. listens carefully 2. dresses smartly
3. walks slowly 3. writes neatly
4. plays a musical
4. types hurriedly
instrument well
5. laughs loudly 5. speaks quietly
6. speaks English fluently 6. comes to class punctually
7. passes exams easily 7. exercises regurlarly
8. cooks well 8. communicates effectively
9. sings beautifully 9. eats healthy
10. studies hard 10. runs fast
c. Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions using the statements. Explain why.
e.g.
A: Is there something you do easily?
B: Yes, I do Math homework easily because Math is my favorite subject and I practice a lot of
exercises more than the teacher assigns.
1. Something you do easily. 5. Something you do slowly.

2. Something you do eagerly. 6. Something you do silently.
3. Something you do happily. 7. Someone you know who dresses stylishly.
4. Something you do badly. 8. Someone who plays a sport well.
d. Work in pairs. Classmate A reads the sentences aloud. Classmate B completes them with an
adverb from the box that makes sense.
angrily fast well suddenly noisily hard carefully politely quickly happily slowly
badly nicely quietly softly carelessly rudely loudly
1. You are eating too fast, please eat slowly.

2. I finally got the heavy door open after pushing ___________.
3. Wow! She sounds great, she sings so ___________.
4. He was fighting with his brother and he yelled ________.
5. There is a lot of ice on the ground today, please walk _________.
6. I’m trying to study; can you speak more __________.
Switch role now,
7. I don’t understand anything he said that teacher spoke _________.

8. You were swearing, why are you acting so __________.
9. That is made of glass. Please put it down _________.
10. He was the perfect gentleman. He was acting so __________.
11. I want him to play on my team, he runs so ________.
12. It looks great, you wrapped that birthday present very __________.
English A2 Waystage
4 WRITING (A message board)
a. Read the message board and the recommendation provided. Add your own recommendation.
Make sure to use the help notes.
I’m interested in learning to play a musical instrument. I also want to join a band and play with
other people, but I don’t have a lot of time. What do you recommend?
Answer #1 I love to play music, especially with other people. I recommend the guitar because
you can play alone or in a band. Join a class and meet other musicians. It’s only an hour a week,
but you need to find time to practice, too.
Answer#2
Help note
Linkinig ideas
• Add an idea:
I enjoy knitting, and make some really
cool hats.
I also like making jewelry, especially
bracelets.
• Contrast two ideas:
I'm not good at sports, but I want to do
something outdoors.
• Give a reason:
My friends love wearing my hats
because they are unique.
Unit I - REVIEW
REVIEW
1. Listening/Reading
Read and listen to the texts about personal interests. Then, mark true or false the statements
below.
Blogging
Blogging is an interest that shows the ability to create,
communicate, network, market, and more. Just keep in mind
that as a general rule, personal blogs should be avoided if there
is any content that's not appropriate to share professionally.
Sports
A reference to the sports you play on a regular basis can be
a great way to enhance some of the soft skills listed on your
resume, such as being a team player, being able to work well
with others, or having leadership abilities. Plus, maybe the
employer has a sport team, or supports a local one, and would
be interested in a sports-knowledgeable employee.
Art
Are you creative in any way? Do you paint, take pictures, sculpt,
or create through some other artistic medium? Creative people
are often creative problem solvers. Companies across all
industries are always looking for creative problem solvers!
1. People interested in sports can develop some skills and leadership abilities. ____
2. People interested in blogging are allowed to share any content. ____
3. People interested in art can become creative and problem solvers. _____
2. Speaking
Talk about your interests.
English A2 Waystage
3. Writing
Write a paragraph about your favorite interests.

e.g.
My interests are: going to the cinema, spending time with my family and friends, and
reading books. I also enjoy meeting new people …
Unit II - Lesson 1: Talking about popular dishes
In this unit, you will learn how to differentiate countable and uncountable
UNIT II: nouns; ask for prices when you are buying things.
Lesson 1: Talking about popular dishes

Can do: Talk about food you like and want to eat
Vocabulary: Food containers
Grammar: Countable and uncountable nouns
1 LISTENING / SPEAKING
a. Listen and repeat the food container vocabulary.
1. a bottle of 2. a gallon of 3. a carton of milk 4. a can of soda 5. a glass of water

wine orange juice
6. a cup of coffee 7. a packet of biscuits 8. a bag of popcorn 9. a jug of lemonade 10. a jar of pickles
11. a box of chocolate 12. a bowl of soup 13. a tube of tomato 14. a roll of paper 15. a bar of butter
paste
16. a tray of meat 17. a basket of tomatoes 18. a six pack of soda
English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to the survey, complete the chart with words from the box.
bacon - ham - mustard - beef - raw onions - mackerel - sugar - olives -

fried onions - tomatoes - fish fingers - peanut butter - ketchup - mozzarella cheese
What’s your favorite sandwich?
Angus from England ham and mustard

Ulla from Denmark
Tom from London
Marianne in Italy
John in Turkey
c. What is your favorite sandwich? Discuss with the class.
What do you think?

1. Which of the sandwiches in exercise 1b would you like to try?
2. How often do you eat sandwiches? When?
3. What are the most common sandwiches in your country?
d. Ask and answer the following questions.
1. Which of the dishes in pictures a-d would you like to eat?

2. Can you make any dishes like a-d?
3. Who does the cooking in your house? Why?
A B C D
e. Listen to four people talking about different dishes and complete the chart below.
Name Who prepares it? a good/bad cook dish picture
Speaker 1
Speaker 2
Speaker 3
Speaker 4
f. Listen again and answer the following questions.
1. Who always wants to eat more?

2. Who can only make one thing?
3. Who doesn’t understand how to make a really good dish from only a few things?
4. Who enjoys their own food?
2 READING / SPEAKING
a. Read and listen to the text about food.
What’s in your food?

It’s lunch time. You’re hungry. You had a chicken burger and a chocolate miIkshake.
Yum! But, did you have any idea what is inside the food you’re eating?
Of course, in the chicken burger there’s some chicken. There’s

also some tomato and some cheese, and there’s even some
healthy salad with it. But, there are also some extra ingredients
in the chicken. For example, there are at least seven or eight
chemical additives. They include salt and sugar but also
preservatives (to stop the food going bad), and antioxidants
(to protect the food from oxygen in the air). The people who
make burgers can also choose to add chemical flavours. Some
chickens also contain hormones. These hormones make the
chickens get big quickly. And don’t forget water! Chicken
burgers are 45% water. They add extra water to make the
chicken look big.
And what’s inside that chocolate milkshake! It has chocolate and milk, right? Wrong! There’s some
milk and sugar, but there isn’t usually any real cocoa in chocolate milkshakes. Cocoa is expensive
and it goes bad.
English A2 Waystage
b. Read the text again. Are the sentences True or False?
1. Chicken burgers and milkshakes have very simple ingredients. ____

2. There is not chicken in a chicken burger. ____
3. Antioxidants stop food from going bad. ____
4. They don’t use cocoa in chocolate milkshake. ___
5. There’s just one problem with real cocoa – they cost a lot of money. ___
6. The chemicals that scientist create are very important to make a milkshake. ___
c. What about you?
1. Do you think the food you eat is simple, healthy and natural?
2. Which do you prefer – home-made food, fast food or food from a restaurant?
Look at the sentences from the reading.
There are also some extra ingredients in the chicken.

There’s some milk and sugar.
Countable and Uncountable nouns
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Discuss the quiz questions and choose the answers you think are correct.
1. How many calories are there in an average hamburger?

a) 150 b) 220 c) 280
2. How many calories are there in an apple?
a) 80 b) 100 c) 120
3. How many calories do you burn if you swim for 20 minutes?
a) 60 b) 90 c) 140
4. How many calories do you burn if you run for 20 minutes?

a) 200 b) 300 c) 400
5. How much water should people drink every day?
a) half a litre b) 1 litre c) 2-3 litres
6. How much sleep does an average person get every night?
a) 7 hours b) 8.5 hours c) 9.5 hours
b. Ask your classmate similar questions according to the quiz above.
e.g.
Do you eat a lot of hamburgers?
How many hamburgers do you eat every month?
How often do you eat hamburgers?
c. Work in pairs. Ask the following questions to your classmates.
1. Which is your favorite eating place? (a restaurant, a fast food place, your grandma’s house,
etc) What do you especially like about the place and why? (the food, the people)
2. What kind of food and drink do you like most? What makes it special? What’s the food
like?
3. Imagine you are with a famous person in a restaurant. What kind of popular dish would
you invite him/her?
d. Use the words from the box, add containers to make sentences orally.
lemonade milk tea coffee crisps cookies soda butter chocolate toothpaste
e.g.
I drink five or six glasses of water a day.
I buy four trays of meat a week.
English A2 Waystage
e. Work in pairs. You’re at the airport’s restaurant. Choose one of the options below. Student A is
the customer; student B is the server.
• You don’t like vegetables, and you’re very hungry.

• You’re hungry, but you don’t have enough money.
• You’re not very hungry, but you want to eat on the plane.
• You’re thirsty, and you want a healthy snack.
• You’re hungry, but you’re on a low – carbohydrate diet.
Useful expressions to order food

The waiter The customer
• Can I help you? • Could I have a large pizza, please?
• Are you ready to order? • I’ll think I have the pepperoni.
• What can I get you? / What would you like/ • I’d like a bottle of cola.
Would you like a salad? • Do you have any lemonade?
• Can I get you anything to drink? • How much is that? /Can I have the bill?
• Enjoy your meal.
• That’s C$280 in total.
• Here’s your change
4 WRITING
a. Read the invitation.
Hi Arlen,
My birthday is on Saturday and I’m Inviting some friends to celebrate it. Would you like to come?
We’re meeting at the Argentinian Restaurant, at 7:00 p.m. We’re having dinner there. Let me
know if you can make it.
All the best,
Juan.
b. You are in Granada. Write an invitation. Invite a friend to a

celebration that you are planning. Include all the important
information. Take notes about
• What you want to celebrate.
• What you want to do
• Where you should meet
• What day/time you should meet
• What people should bring
Unit II - Lesson 2: Talking about prices
Lesson 2: Talking about prices

Can do: Talk about healthy food, ask and answer questions about prices
Vocabulary: Quantifiers
Grammar: How much and how many
1 READING/SPEAKING
a. Read and listen to the article “A long and healthy life”.
Everybody wants to be healthy and live for a long time. But how
can we do it? Some years ago, a 90 – year – old American writer
gave some advice for a long and healthy life:
1 believe in yourself, 2 keep your mind active, 3 be positive, 4
love people and enjoy helping others.
The women from Okinawa, in Japan, are another great example: they live for a
long time, they are very fit and they don't have many diseases or heart problems.
Their secret? They do some exercise every day, they don't have much stress
in their lives and, in general, they are positive and active. But of course, diet is
important, too. The Okinawa women eat tofu, fish, green vegetables, carrots,
fruit, spices and sweet potatoes. They eat some meat,
but they don't eat any fat from the meat. And they eat
seaweed – this contains many different vitamins and
minerals and is good for your heart.
The Mediterranean diet is very healthy, too. It consists of vegetables,
tomatoes, lemons, fish, beans, garlic, cheese, yogurt, rice and pasta. The
fat in this diet is good fat: It comes from olive oil and fish. So, what do
these two diets tell us?
• Don't eat any bad fats – like fats in sweets, fried food and meat.
• Eat healthy carbohydrates – vegetables, fruit, potatoes, rice.
• Don't use much oil in cooking. If you use oil, use a good one like olive oil. And avoid deep fried
food!
• If you are a little hungry, eat an apple or a carrot – not a packet of crisps!
Eat well, live an active and stress-free life – and you will live for a long time.
English A2 Waystage
b. Read the text again. Answer the following questions.
1. Does the American writer give advice for your mind or your
body?
2. Why do the women in Okinawa live for a long time?
3. Why is seaweed good for you?
4. Where does the fat come from in the Mediterranean diet?
c. Discuss with a partner.
1. Think of things that can help people live for a long time and share your opinions with a
classmate.
2. Do you know any people who are very old? Tell the class about them.
3. Talk about your lifestyle and diet.
Look at the sentences from the reading.

They don't have many diseases or heart problems.
They do some exercise every day.
They don't have much stress in their lives.
How much and How many

Go to grammar appendix on pages 153
2 LISTENING
a. Listen to Arlen and Juan talking about a recipe. Check which recipe they choose.
mashed potato __ toast ice cream __ coffee and chocolate sauce

__ chocolate and vanilla dessert __
Unit II - Lesson 2: Talking about prices
b. Listen again. Circle the correct food words in the recipe for Arlen and Juan.
1. Arlen tries a new sauce/dessert/dish.

2. She needs honey/sugar, coffee beans/black coffee, and milk chocolate/dark chocolate.
3. She needs to grill/boil the ingredients.
c. Listen to 4 short conversations about shopping on the street. Complete the chart.
How much is it/
Conversation Item How many?
are they?
1
2 an actor a teacher a band
3
4
3 SPEAKING
a. Write 5 questions and ask your classmates about food and drinks.
e.g.
Do you drink too much coffee?
How many pieces of bread do you eat a day?
How much rice do you eat a week?
b. Complete the questions with How much or How many.

Difference: in a day, a day
Work with a partner and ask and answer the questions. • In a day is usually referring to
how much time is needed to do
e.g. something. e.g. I can paint the
__How much__ coke do you drink a week?
house in a day.
I drink a lot of coke in a week.
• a day is usually referring to habits.
e.g. He drinks coffee 3 times a day.
1. ___________ cups of coffee do you 6. ___________ junk food do you eat a

drink a day? month?
2. ___________ enchiladas do you eat a 7. __________ pork do you eat?
week? 8. __________ fruit do you eat in a week?
3. ___________ milk do you drink a day? 9. ___________ candies do you eat a day?
4. ___________ eggs do you eat a day? 10. ___________ vegetables do you eat a
5. ___________ juice do you drink a day?
week?
English A2 Waystage
c. Work in pairs. Look at the list of items with prices. Then, ask and answer questions about them.
e.g.
A: How much is a bar of chocolate? B: It's C$ 95.
A: How much are the jeans? B: They're $65.99.
1. a chocolate bar C$ 95 a cup of coffee $ 1.25 an ice cream C$ 120

2. an adaptor C$ 50 a carton of milk C$ 44 milkshake C$ 80
3. a bottle of shampoo C$ 380 jeans $ 65.99 smoothie C$ 60
4. a magazine $ 9.23 sunglassses $ 256.30 a bag of popcorn $ 5.45
5. a pound of grapes $ 1.95 a pound of cheese C$ 60 a packet of rice C$ 75
6. a vegetarian soup C$ 85 a box of pizza $ 19.35 a watch $ 269.99
7. a pair of shoes $ 145.89 a hamburger C$ 90 a bottle of water C$ 19
4 WRITING
a. Read the advertisement. Then, write your own about offering food such as the example.
CARMEN’S FOOD
Are you starving? Don’t you know what to eat?
Come and eat at Carmen’s food where you can find a
variety of food to eat.
We open every day in the breakfast, lunch and dinner.

If you need delivery call us at 2525-8694 or visit our
social network
carmen’s food
carmen’s food
Unit II - REVIEW
REVIEW
1. Reading / Listening
a. Read and listen to the 1st part of an article about “weird fruit and vegetables”.
WEIRD FRUIT AND VEGETABLES

Greengrocer Margarita Jimenez looks at some of the unusual fruit
and vegetables you can buy in markets and supermarkets.
Purple carrots. Did you know that people in the past didn’t eat
carrots because they didn’t taste good? They used them for
medicine, and they were white, purple, red, yellow or black. People
only grew the first orange carrots about 500 years ago. Now
markets and supermarkets sell carrots with purple or yellow skins,
but they’re still orange inside. I don’t see the point. Close your eyes
and it’s a carrot.
Strawmatoes. It’s a silly name but I like strawmatoes. It’s not a
strawberry mixed with a tomato because you can’t do that. It’s just
a different type of tomato. They’re nice and sweet, so you can put
them in desserts.
Low-carb potatoes. These are special potatoes that are very low in
carbohydrates, so they’re good for you if you are in a diet. Again,
what’s the point? I’d rather have normal potatoes. If you don’t want
to eat carbohydrates, have some lettuce.
Square watermelons. I don’t like this. I think they’re silly. The
Japanese first made square watermelons in about 2001, because
round watermelons are difficult to keep in fridges. You can buy
them in a few supermarkets from United States these days. No fruit
or vegetables is naturally square. I eat a lot of watermelon and I
prefer a nice, round one.
b. Match the half sentence from the right with word from the left.
a) Purple carrot ___ are nice and sweet.

b) Strawmatoes ___ The Japanese first made them in about 2001.
c) Low-carb potatoes ___ used them for medicine in the past.
d) Square watermelons ___ are special because they are very low in carbohydrates.
English A2 Waystage
2. Listening
a. Listen to the 2nd part of the article about “weird fruit and vegetables”. Match the half sentence
from the right with word from the left.
a) Red bananas ___ protects against certain types of cancers.

b) Purple passion fruit ___ contains small black seeds.
c) Pitaya or Dragon fruit ___ are only good for a few days.
d) Purple cabbage ___ contains a soft pulp and lots of seeds inside a hard rind.
3. Speaking
a. Work in pairs. Give your opinions about these fruit and vegetables.
Orange carrots/purple carrot Yellow passion fruit/purple passion fruit

Yellow bananas/red bananas Round watermelons/square watermelon
Unit III - Lesson 1: Giving instructions
In this unit, you will learn how to give instructions and commands, use the simple
UNIT III: present for everyday actions or for things that are generally true or always
happen; use present continuous for actions that are happening now, temporary
things and picture descriptions.
Lesson 1: Giving instructions

Can do: Give and follow instructions, orders and commands
Vocabulary: School rules
Grammar: Imperative form
1 LISTENING
a. Listen to the audio about school rules. Write the command in the right picture space.
English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to a teacher giving instructions of a dynamic activity. Identify and fill in the gaps the
imperative verbs that you hear in the track. Practice them with your classmates.
1. Simon says… 5. Simon says… 9. Simon says…

________ your notebooks. ________ to the board. ________ ahead.
2. Simon says… 6. Simon says… 10. Simon says…
________ up. ________ your name. ________ back.
3. Simon says… 7. Simon says…
________ down. ________ once.
4. Simon says… 8. Simon says…
________ your left hand. ________ right.
c. Listen to a teacher giving some tips for students to improve their speaking skill. Number the
tips you hear in order from 1 to 10.
___ Make friends with English speakers.

___ Debate all the topics that interest you with friends in
English.
___ Do interesting activities in English.
___ Learn a new word every day.
_1__ Be confident and speak as often as possible.
___ Record yourself speaking then listen back.
___ Listen to news bulletins and songs in English.
___ Watch movies in English and pay attention to new
vocabulary.
___ Read the newspaper or a magazine out to yourself.
TIP
The imperative is used to give commands, instructions, warnings, advice, and make requests.
e.g.
Walk to the corner, turn right, and cross the road.
Be at the meeting tomorrow morning.
Pass the salt, please.
Watch out! There's a car coming towards you.
Call the doctor.
2 READING/ LISTENING
a. Read and listen to the letter and mark the sentences true or false.
Dear Dania,
I received your letter. I'm worried about you! I'm sorry you are feeling
disappointed and angry at the same time due to the issues you have when somebody
talks to you in English.
I used to have the same problem before, and I would like to share with you some
tips that helped me out when I was in your shoes. To improve your listening skills, I
recommend this to you:
• Maintain eye contact with the speaker

• Keep calm
• Visualize what the speaker is saying
• Don't interrupt
• Pay attention to the speaker's body language
• Pay attention to key words
• Ask probing questions
I'm not the best at listening, but these tips have helped me a lot and I'm pretty sure
they will help you as well.
See you soon,

Paola
1. Dania writes this letter. ____

2. Dania is disappointed and angry. ____
3. Paola had issues when learning Spanish. ____
4. Paola is worried about Dania. ____
5. Dania tells Paola not to interrupt. ____
6. Paola placed herself in Dania's shoes. ____
7. Dania has problems with her speaking skills. ____
8. Paola tells Dania to Ignore the speaker. ____
9. Paola doesn’t know anything about Dania's issue. ____
10. Paola is pretty sure this will help Dania. ____
English A2 Waystage
Imperative form
Look at the imperative form examples.
1. Keep calm. Go to grammar appendix on page 156
2. Don't interrupt.
3. Pay attention to key words.
b. Read and listen to the student and teacher's commitment with the institution. Identify them
and write S for students and T for teacher. Write S/T if you consider both.
These are some commitments we have to stick to:

1. Bring your student ID card all the time. 9. Provide feedback
____ after every
2. Listen to the teacher. ____ completed lesson.
3. Verify all the ID cards the first day of ____
class. ____
10. Respect each other. ____
4. Keep a good environment in the
11. Ask for permission when going out of the
classroom. ____
classroom. ____
5. Do the homework all the time. ____
12. Don't bring any weapons to the Institution. ____
6. Explain and clarify everyone's doubts.
13. Pay attention during the class. ____
____
14. Participate as much as you can in the institution's
7. Attend to class every day. ____
activities. ____
8. Don't introduce any type of food or
15. Speak English all the time. ____
drink into the classroom. ____
c. Read and listen to a portion of The Beatles song (Hey Jude). Then, underline the imperative
sentences you can find in the lyrics and look for the definition of the unknown vocabulary.
The Beatles- (Hey Jude). For well you know that it's a fool who plays
Hey Jude, don't make it bad it cool
Take a sad song and make it better By making his world a little colder
Remember to let her into your heart
Then you can start to make it better Hey Jude, don't let me down
Hey Jude, don't be afraid You have found her, now go and get her
You were made to go out and get her Remember to let her into your heart
The minute you let her under your skin Then you can start to make it better.
Then you begin to make it better
And anytime you feel the pain, hey Jude, Unknown words
refrain Refrain: To avoid doing or stop yourself from doing
Don't carry the world upon your something.
shoulders let someone down: to disappoint someone; to fail
someone.
3 SPEAKING
a. Use imperatives to tell your classmates what your rules would be for an academic institution
if you were the principal.
b. Use imperatives to explain how to do something you are good at.
e.g.
How to make roasted chicken.
1. Buy boneless skinless 5. Put it in the oven and
chicken breast. leave it for one hour at one
2. Wash it very well. hundred degrees.
3. Cut the chicken in parts. 6. Take the chicken out of the
4. Add salt and spices.
oven and you serve in the
table.
c. Discussion. Here we have 4 people talking about their experiences today. Help them solving
their issues.
Hi guys. I really need your help, here is my problem: The teacher assigned
different subjects to talk about for every single student. Well, I didn't
prepare any presentation, because my computer broke down this previous
weekend and besides, I forgot my notes at home so I don't know what to
do. I need some advice, please!
Oh my gosh girls! I'm so ashamed, see, I took the bus to school today and on the
way; people were pointing and laughing at me. I went straight to the restroom
and I saw I had a pink gum all over the back of my hair. I don't know how to
remove it.
There is a guy in my class who is always mean to me. He is always rude and
make sarcastic comments about me when I participate in class trying to make
me feel stupid. He is really making me lose control. I don't think I can take it
anymore, but I don't want to get into trouble. Can you give me some advice?
Why does this happen to me only? I'm losing my mind. I woke up this morning
and saw that my alarm never went off. So I'm starting my morning 20 minutes
later than I planned. It is a really important day at school and I cannot be late.
I don't know what to do now.
Unknown words
Break down: suddenly cease to function. Can't take it anymore: To feel upset or angry with
Gum: a soft sweet that you crush with your teeth someone or something and not to be able to avoid that
but do not swallow. feeling.
Trouble: problems or difficulties.
English A2 Waystage
4 WRITING
a. In pairs help each other and write the instructions on how to do something you are good at.
Write at least 8 imperative sentences.
1. First, _________________________________________________________
2. Next, ________________________________________________________
3. Then, ________________________________________________________
4. After that, _____________________________________________________
5. Finally, _______________________________________________________
b. Now write a 7-line paragraph about an activity (hobby) you practice and explain with details
how you do it.
Unit III - Lesson 2: Expressing habits and actions in progress
Lesson 2: Expressing habits and actions in progress

Can do: Ask and answer true questions, describe actions in progress
Vocabulary: Traveling
Grammar: Simple present Vs Present continuous
1 READING
a. Read and listen to the text about Mario the butcher and mark true or false to each statement
below.
Mario is a famous butcher. He is a hard-working, diligent

and determined man. He always gets up at four o'clock
every morning and shops his products. He buys all types
of meat. Once he is back, he has breakfast and opens
the butcher shop. He is better known as Mr. friendly
because he is so nice to everyone, therefore he has many
customers; people love buying meat at his butcher shop,
because he is not only nice, but also provides his customers with
tips to buy the best meat quality. After lunch he likes to chat with his
favorite customers. He is the best butcher in the area. It has been
the same routine for almost 20 years now. Today his daily routine
is not the same. This is the last day in his Butcher shop. He is going
to move to El Crucero with his wife in 2 weeks, so he is enjoying his
last day, he normally wears formal clothes but today he is wearing
casual clothes, he is wearing his favorite shirt and celebrating with
his customers. Now his son is going to take care of the shop. He
trusts his son for this job.
Mario is starting a new life now; He is hoping to enjoy his autumn

of life with his wife. Before moving to El Crucero He is traveling to
Honduras and Panama to visit some relatives and friends. Mario is
giving all he has worked for to his son trusting that everything is in
good hands.
1. Many people know Mario's Butcher shop. ___

5. He is retiring today. ___
2. Mario gets up at 4.00 a.m. ___
6. Mario is better known as Mr. Friendly. ___
3. Today, he is wearing clothes like He normally
does. ___ 7. Mario trusts his daughter. ___
4. He is traveling to Costa Rica. ___ 8. He is moving alone to El Crucero. ____
English A2 Waystage
b. Read and answer the following questions related to previous text.
1. What time does Mario wake up? 6. Where is Mario and his wife moving?
2. How is Mario better known? 7. Who is going to take care of the butcher
3. Why do people love buying meat at Mario's shop now?
butcher shop? 8. When is Mario going to move?
4. What does Mario do after lunch? 9. Where is Mario traveling?
5. What does make his routine different 10. Why is he giving everything to his son?
today?
Look at the difference between the Simple Present and Present Continuous.
1. He always gets up at four o’clock every morning.
2. Today, he is wearing casual clothes.
3. After lunch, He likes to chat with his favorite customers.
4. He is traveling to Honduras and Panama.
Simple present Vs Present continuous
2 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the traveling vocabulary.
1. travel 2. arrival 3. airport 4. baggage 5. baggage claim 6. ticket 7. book a flight
8. check-in 9. credit card 10. flight 11. customs 12. hotel 13. hostess/flight 14. take off
attendant
15. land 16. map 17. lounge 18. passport 19. metal detector 20. visa 21. plane
22. compass 23. caravan 24. route 25. tour 26. passenger 27. taxi 28. safari
b. Listen to the Rivera family talking at the airport. Fill in the gaps.
Mom: Did you _____ the ______ in Nicaragua already?

Dad: Yes, I did, the ______Shuttle is going to be at Augusto C.
Sandino International_______ waiting for us.
Daughter: What are we going to do first, mom?
Mom: First we need to go the _______ counter.
Daughter: What are we going to do there?
Mom: We are going to check in our _____ and get our boarding
passes. Let's go.
Daughter: There is such a long queue of ________ here!
Dad: Don't worry! We won't have to wait long. We have our
______, visa and ________ ready.
Mom: Hi. We are __________ two bags.
Check-in agent: Can you put them on the _______, please?
Dad: Yes, sure!
Check-in agent: How many carry-on _______ are you taking with you?
Mom: Two as well.
Check-in agent: Ok, here you have your _____________ and your documents. You will be
boarding at ______ B2 at 12:10.
Dad: Thanks a lot!
Hostess: Please, fasten your __________, because the _______ is going to ________ soon.
c. Listen to Diana talking about her daily routine.
1. What time does Diana start her day? Unknown words

Hit the hay: go to bed
2. Where does she take her son in the morning?
3. What is she doing different today?
4. Why is she working so hard in the company?
5. What time does she hit the hay?
English A2 Waystage
d. Listen to Rebeca talking about her special day and answer the questions.
1. Why is Rebeca so happy?

_________________________________________
2. Why is she recording a video?
_________________________________________
3. How does she describe her grandpa?
_________________________________________
4. Where is she driving to?
_________________________________________
5. Is her grandpa aware of her granddaughter visit?
_________________________________________
e. Listen to Alfred's day and Mark true or false to the following statements.
1. Alfred is a Nicaraguan boy. ______

2. He lives in an old house. _____
3. He is fifteen years old. _____
4. He has two siblings. _____
5. Alfred wakes up at eight o'clock. _____
6. He catches the bus to the academy. ____
7. His classes begin at half past eight. _____
8. Alfred goes to bed at about 10 o'clock. _____
3 SPEAKING / WRITING
a. What are they doing? Describe the pictures and choose the right verb from the chart. Traveling
vocabulary. Drive / Ride / Sail / Fly
b. Talk about your daily routine using the following example.
e.g.
Hi. My name is Jader and my daily routine starts at 05:00 a.m.
When I wake up, the first thing I do is brushing my teeth, after that …
c. Work in pairs, ask your classmates about their daily routines and add something different
today. Use Simple present and Present continiuous tense.
e.g.
Hi, I'm Jessica and my daily routine starts at 06:00 a.m. I wake up and
take a shower… Today, I'm traveling to Leon to visit my grandparents…
d. What am I doing? Work in group, one of the students mimes an action and the rest of the group
guesses what he/she is doing.
English A2 Waystage
4 WRITING
a. Think of you, being on a day at the beach, and write a paragraph describing what you are
doing.
b. In a short paragraph, explain what country you would like to visit and why. Don’t forget to use
Simple Present and Present Continuous.
TIP
Watch out
Drive: car, bus, truck (lorry), tram, van, train,
taxi, mini van, jeep, pick up. There are different ways to talk about means
Ride: bycicle, motorcycle, scooter, transportation and traveling. So be careful.
skateboard, horse
I am driving a motorcycle X
Fly: helicopter, plane, jet
Sail: battle ship, cruise ship and cargo ship I am driving a bus, a car, a bus ✓
motorboat, sailboat, rowboat submarine
Unit III - REVIEW
REVIEW
1. Reading/Listening
Fill in the blanks. Read and listen to some advice on how to protect yourself from Covid-19
and how to prevent the spread of this virus.
Protect yourself and others around you by knowing the facts and taking appropriate precautions.
Follow advice provided by your local health authority. Check with your local health authority for
the most relevant guidance for your region.
To prevent the spread of COVID-19:
1. ____________ a safe distance from others, even if they don’t appear to be

sick.
2. __________ a mask in public, especially indoors or when physical distancing
is not possible.
3. _________ open, well-ventilated spaces over closed ones. Open a window
if indoors.
4. ________ your hands often. _____ soap and water, or an alcohol-based
hand rub.
5. ______ vaccinated when it’s your turn. _______ local guidance about
vaccination.
6. ________ your nose and mouth with your bent elbow or a tissue when you
cough or sneeze.
7. _______ home if you feel unwell.
2. Speaking
Talk about the preventions you're taking at home to avoid Covid-19.
3. Writing
Write a short paragraph explaining how this virus has affected your country.
English A2 Waystage
In this unit, you will learn how to use going to for plans, intentions, predictions,
UNIT IV: and Present Continuous with future arrangements; use will for promises,
offers, predictions.
Lesson 1: Talking about future plans and arrangements

Can do: Talk about how you celebrate special days, talk about plans and arrangements, talk
about predictions
Vocabulary: Common verbs/phrases
Grammar: Present continuous and going to
1 READING/SPEAKING
a. Read and listen to the following article “Celebrations around the world”.
Celebrations around the world

Although people around the world celebrate many of the same
events, they sometimes celebrate these special days quite
differently. We found some interesting and unique traditions for
celebrating New Year’s Eve, birthdays, and weddings.
New Year’s Eve. What’s the new year going to bring? In Mexico,
people celebrate the start of the new year by getting together with
friends and family. On New Year’s Eve, they have a special dinner.
Then, when the clock strikes midnight, everyone starts eating
grapes – one for each month of the next year. A sweet grape means the month is going to be a
good one. If a grape is sour, then the month is not going to be so good.
Birthdays. What’s this baby’s future? In China, there’s an interesting

birthday traditions for infants. A baby is one-year-old on the day he
or she is born. One year later, friends and relatives get together for
the baby’s second birthday. They put several objects in front of the
baby, such as some money, a doll, and a book if the baby picks up
the money, it means he or she is going to be wealthy. Reaching for
the book means the baby is going to be a teacher, and picking up
the doll means the baby is going to have a lot of children one day.
Unit IV - Lesson 1: Talking about future plans and arrangements
Weddings. Are these newlyweds going to have good luck?

Weddings around the world have different traditions, and Venezuela
is no exception. Of course, during a wedding ceremony, couples
promises that they will always love and take care of each other.
However, in Venezuela, the bride and groom don’t always say their
promises – sometimes they sing them. Later during the reception,
the bride and groom sneak away. If no one sees them leave, it
means they are going to have good luck in their marriage. And that
seems to be something that all these traditions have in common – they are all means to bring good
luck.
Unknown words
Clock strike: the time is on the hour.
Wealthy: rich, well off.
Newlyweds: a recently married person.
Sneak away: To leave a place, or a meeting, without being seen or heard.
b. Read the article again. Mark the sentences True or False.
1. In Mexico, people eat grapes at a special dinner. ______

2. If you eat a sweet grape on New Year’s Eve, it means that the year ahead is going to be good.
_____
3. In China, the family gets together on the day the baby is born. ____
4. If the baby picks up a doll, it means he or she is going to have a lot of brothers and sisters.
___
5. In Venezuela, the bride and groom can sing their promises to love each other. ____
6. If they don’t go to the reception, it means they will have good luck in their marriage. ____
c. Work in pairs. Discuss these following questions about traditions.
• What traditions do you have for wedding receptions?

• Which birthdays are so special in your family? How do people celebrate them?
• What traditions do you have for New Year’s Eve? What brings good luck for the new year?
• What do people in your country do for these events? Earth’s day, Soul’s day, labor’s day.
English A2 Waystage
Look at the example sentences with going to and present continuous with future arrangement.
A sweet grape means the month is going to be a good one.
They are going to have good luck in their marriage.
She isn’t coming to my birthday party today.
I’m seeing Arlen tonight at the park.
Going to and Present continuous for future arrangement
2 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the Common verbs/phrases words from the box.
1. grow up 2. get a present 3. get a degree or 4. go out for a 5. get married

diploma romantic dinner
6. take a language 7. finish high school 8. have a baby 9. retire 10. celebrate a
course birthday
11. see old friends 12. have vacations 13. study a major 14. get a salary raise 15. watch a
romantic film
16. get engaged 17. travel 18. be promoted 19. get a job 20. get a house
b. Listen to two conversations about vacation plans. Which work from the website job around the
world vacations are Arlen and Luisa interested in?
c. Listen again to the two conversations. Answer the following questions.
Conversation 1
1. Why doesn’t Arlen want to go to the University?
2. What does she like about the job she is interested in?
3. Why doesn’t Freddy want her to go?
Conversation 2
1. Why does Luisa want to leave her job?
2. What does she like about the job she is interested in?
3. Does Francisco think it’s a good job for Luisa?
d. Work in pairs. Discuss these questions.
1. Do you think it’s a good idea for Arlen and Luisa to get a job in vacation? Why/Why not?
2. What are the good and bad things about going on one of these vacations?
e. Listen to a dialogue between two women, who are planning their meeting. They are trying to
find time for their meeting. Choose the correct information.
1. Why do they have to meet? 3. Why is she having lots of time on Tuesday?
a. She has an important thing to tell her. a. Because she is working only in the
b. She has a great news to tell her. morning.
c. She has something she wants to talk b. Because she is taking a day off.
about. c. Because she staying at home the whole
day.
2. When is she having lunch with her
clients? 4. What is she doing on Tuesday noon?
a. on Sunday a. She is meeting Rafael.
b. on Monday b. She is meeting her boss.
c. on Tuesday c. She is having a work meeting.
English A2 Waystage
5. Why can't she meet her on Wednesday? c. her romance

a. She has a lot of plans. 7. When and where are they finally
b. She has other plans. meeting?
c. She has different plans. a. at four at Jane's café
6. Who is she visiting at 2.30? b. at five at Jeff's café
a. her parents c. at five at Jane's café
b. pair of aunts
f. Listen to Yuritza talking to her friend Aaron. Answer the following questions.
1. What is Aaron doing on Tuesday night? ___________________

2. Why can’t Aaron be on Friday with Yuritza? ________________
3. When do they decide to meet? _________________________
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Ask the following questions to your classmates
1. What are your plans for the next two years? (education, friends
and family, hobbies and sports, home, work)
2. What are you going to do this year?
3. What are you going to do on your next vacation? Where are you
going? How long are you staying and where are you staying?
What are you planning to do there? How are you getting there?
b. Work in pairs. Find out about your classmate’s plans for the weekend.
e.g. do homework tonight

A: Are you going to do homework on weekend?
B: Yes, I am/No, I’m not
Classmate’s name (yes, I am)
1. surf the internet

2. stay at home on Sunday
3. go out on Saturday night
4. meet friends
5. go to bed late
6. get up early on Sunday morning
7. do sport
8. study
9.
10.
c. Tell a classmate what you’re doing: d. Work in pairs. You want to watch a movie at home
with some friends. Use the tip chart as an example.
• this evening Think about:
• this weekend
• When you’re off this week
• next summer
• Two movies you’d like to see
• after class
• How to make a movie review
• When/where to meet
TIP How to make arrangements?

1. Make a suggestion • Let’s go to the Cuban restaurant tonight.
• Why don’t we go to a Argentinian restaurant?
2. Accept or reject • Great idea!
• Oh! I’m keen on spicy food.
• I’m busy/I’m afraid./I’m seeing Marcos.
3. Arrange to meet • Are we meeting at the restaurant at 7:30?
• Ok. I’m picking you up at 7:00
4. Confirm • Actually 8:00 is better for me
• Ok see you there
English A2 Waystage
4 WRITING
a. Imagine you got this email from your friend Cinthya. How does she feel? Why?
Hi,
I’m so excited. Guess what – it’s my Dad’s 60th birthday next month, and so he’s taking us all to
Colombia for a weekend! Cool right? We’re flying over on the Wednesday afternoon. As soon as we
arrive, we’re going on a tour around the city. They say Colombia is really beautiful by night, and I’m
really looking forward to seeing all those famous places.
On Friday, we’re going to the museum of Antioquia in Medellin. It’s not far from our hotel, so we’re
planning to walk there. In the afternoon we’re going to the Park Arvi. I can’t wait to see the tall trees
there.
Saturday is the shopping day – there’s no doubt about that! We’re going to the Fair of the Flowers first.
Then in the afternoon, we’re visiting Botero square the most famous sculptures of Fernando Botero.
Da’d not very happy about it, but I’m sure he’ll enjoy it when we’re there. On Saturday morning, we’re
going to The Coffee Shops of El Poblado and we’re flying back home in the afternoon. It’s my dream
trip – and it’s happening!
Love, Cinthya
b. Reply to Ciinthya and tell her about a trip you are going on. Include this information about the
arrangement:
• Where and when you are going • Where you are staying
• Who you are going with • What you are doing there
• How you are traveling • How long you are staying
Unit IV - Lesson 2: Making predictions
Lesson 2: Making predictions

Can do: Describe the weather, Talk about future predictions
Vocabulary: The weather
Grammar: Future time (will/going to)
a. Listen and repeat the weather words from the boxes.
Weather
1. (partly) cloudy 2. foggy 3. hailing 4. overcast 5 rainy
6. snowy 7. stormy 8. sunny 9. wet 10. windy
Temperature
11. cold/chilly 12. cool 13. freezing 14. hot 15. warm
Other words
16. dry (weather) 17. lightning 18. rainbow 19. thunder 20. tornado
Unknown words
Lighting: the occurrence of a natural electrical Overcast: clouds covering a large part of the
discharge. sky.
Thunder: a loud rumblingheard after a Chilly: uncomfortably cool or cold.
lightning flash.
English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to the weather forecast and complete the sentences with the words in the box.
windy rainy dry and cloudy cloudy and sunny
1. The weather in the north is mostly _________

2. The weather in the east is mostly __________
3. The weather in the west is mostly __________
4. The weather in the south is mostly _________
c. What is the weather like in your country?
d. An announcer is giving weather reports. Are these statements true or false? Listen and check
the correct answer.
True False
1. It’s going to be cloudy and cold in Dallas.
2. It will be very windy and dry in Miami.
3. Chicago will be very cold and snowy.
4. Phoenix will be hot and dry.
5. It will be warm and windy in Honolulu.
TIP
What … like? asks for a description. What’s the town like? means describe a place
What’s the weather like? means describe What are you like’? means describe somebody’s
the weather personality
What’s the food like? means describe food
e. Listen to some people talking about the weather. What is it like now? Listen and check the
correct answer.
Speaker Better Worse Speaker Better Worse

1. 5.
2. 6.
3. 7.
4. 8.
f. What will most likely happen in the future? Why?
• People will travel through time • We’ll have self-driving cars

• Robots will have feelings • Life expectancy will rise past 100
g. Listen to a futurologist talking about probable or not probable things in the future. Write P if it
is probable, NP for not probable.
1. People will store their minds on computers. ___

2. There will be brain transplants. ___
3. People will travel through time. ___
4. Computers will have emotions. ___
5. People will live forever. ___
2 READING/SPEAKING
a. Read and listen to the text “Getting the future wrong!”.
GETTING THE FUTURE WRONG!
People love reading predictions. They love looking into the future. They
want to know what will or won’t happen – tomorrow, next week, next
year, in the next century.
But, predictions are not always right – they can go very, very wrong!
Here are some of our favorite predictions that went wrong.
• In 1859, a man called Edwin Drake wanted to drill for oil. A worker
said, Drill for oil? You mean make a hole in the ground to find oil?
You’re crazy. It won’t work.
• In 1872, the US President Rutherford B. Hayes, looked at Alexander
Bell’s new telephone and said, it’s a great invention, but who will
want to use it?
• In 1899, a top British scientist said, Radio has not future, and X-rays
won’t work.
• In 1908, a French general said, Aeroplanes are interesting toys –
but they’ll never be important for war.
• In 1927, the head of Warner Brothers Film Company said, Talking?
Actors making in films? Nobody will want that!
English A2 Waystage
• In 1943, the head of IBM said, in the future perhaps five people will
buy a computer.
• In 1949, a writer in a magazine wrote about computers. He said, in
the future, it’s possible that computers will only weigh about 1.5 tons.
• In 1962, a man at Decca Records listened to a tape and said. We
don’t like it. People won’t buy this music. The tape was by a group
called The Beatles.
• In October 1987, a BBC weather man said, tonight it will be a little
windy. That night, a big storm hit the south of England. There were
winds at 190 kilometers per hour.
b. Read the text again and complete the sentences who said the extracts.
1. “Radio has not future, and X-rays won’t work.” __________

2. “it’s possible that computers will only weigh about 1.5 tons”. __________
3. “They’ll never be important for war.” ______
4. “People won’t buy this music.” _______
5. “it’s a great invention, but who will want to use it?” ________
c. Discuss in class.
Write three predictions for the future will happen. Read them out to each other and discuss that
they are probable or not probable happen.
Look at the example sentences with future with will and going to.
One day there won’t be any real toys any more.

I’m sure one day scientists will invent little robots.
Look at the clouds, It’s going to rain.
This car is going to crash that little kid.
Expressions to talk about the future Future with will and going to
(predictions)
• I think I’ll… • I’m sure I
• I’ll probably … won’t… Go to grammar appendix on page
• I hope to … 159
• I don’t think I’ll…
• I doubt I’ll… • I’m sure I’ll…
• Maybe I’ll…
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Make predictions based on present observations about your classmates, family
and friends.
e.g.
I think David will work in a restaurant because he likes to cook.
Maybe Jenny will have a big family, because she is great with children.
I’m sure my sister is going to have a baby because she has three months of pregnancy.
b. Work in pairs, Students make predictions with will and going to about different topics using
expressions to talk about the future in the box.
Education Cars The weather Music Homes Work
Family Marriage Children Travel Food The environment
Communication People Shopping Money Languages
c. Work in group of six. Choose one of the cards given and take turns to make a prediction for one
of the classmates in the group.
Money: enough money Money: be poor

Job: Teacher Job: Taxi driver
Problems: Daily difficulties Problems: One major
Happiness: Be happy Happiness: Remain possitive
Relationships: Marry young Relationships: Marry late
Family: Many children Family: Two children
English A2 Waystage
Money: be rich Money: money problems

Job: Movie star Job: Office worker
Problems: Many problems Problems: No major problems
Happiness: Periods of sadness Happiness: Be content
Relationships: Never marry Relationships: Marry in 30s
Family: No children Family: Three children
Money: millionaire Money: more than you imagine

Job: Musician Job: Business owner
Problems: Two big life problems Problems: Daily problems
Happiness: Periods of sadness Happiness: Be very happy
Relationships: Marry young Relationships: Marry at 35
Family: No children Family: Five children
4 WRITING/SPEAKING (A poster about the future)
a. You are going to make a poster and give a presentation about life in the future. Work in pairs
and decide a topic that you all want to work on.
homes, towns, cities, transportation, schools, clothes, food, communication, weather,

something else.
b. In pairs, decide how far into the future you want to look. Will you talk about the year 2030,
2050, 2075, 2090…? Think about what life will be like in the year you chose. For example, if
you chose the topic food, you can think about these questions:
• Will people eat healthy food? • Do you think the food will be good to eat?
• Where will their food come from? • Will it be more expensive?
• Will they eat more yake-away meals? • Will there be enough food for everybody?
c. Stick some pictures that fit with your ideas on the topic.
d. Write short texts for each of the pictures you are going to use. For example:
In the year 2075 students will study from home online.
e. At the top of your project paper, write the title of your presentation. For example:
Schools in the year 2075
f. At the bottom of the poster write a longer text. Say what you think about the future you are
predicting.
g. Present your poster to your classmates. Be ready to answer questions about it.
English A2 Waystage
REVIEW
1. Reading/Listening
a. Read and listen to the text.
Robots
When will we have robots? We already have many kinds of robots!
Industries use a variety of robots and now robots are becoming more
common in the home.
The Husqvarna company makes a lawn mowing robot called the Auto
Mower. The robot has sensors that detect where objects are in the back
yard and it maneuvers around them. The robot can cut the grass while you
relax on the patio with a glass of lemonade! Also, Eureka now makes a
robotic vacuum cleaner. Like the robot lawn mower, the vacuum cleaner
automatically detects where the furniture is and vacuums around it.
Cars are becoming robots now that many cars have GPS (Global Positioning Systems) on them.
A car with a GPS system can give you directions on how to go somewhere, tell you where the
closest gas station is, and, some day in the future, will drive itself. You will take a nap or read while
the car drives itself to your destination.
We even have robotic pets now. The Sony company makes a robotic dog named Aibo that
can sit, stand, and walk like a regular dog but can also communicate and take pictures! Aibo
understands certain commands, like a dog does, such as "Sit down", "Stand up", "Turn right", etc.
If you ask Aibo a question such as "How old are you?", its eyes will flash the number of years
old it is. Aibo is also a great guard dog. He can patrol the yard and take pictures of anyrhing
suspicious.
b. Choose "True" or "False" to answer each question.
1. We have many kinds of robots now. T/F

2. The Auto Mower is a robot that vacuums. T/F
3. The Auto Mower has sensors that detect where objects are. T/F
4. Cars with GPS systems can give you directions. T/F
5. In the future cars will drive themselves automatically. T/F
6. Aibo is a robotic cat. T/F
Unit IV - REVIEW
2. Speaking/Writing
a. Work in pairs. Write about what your future will be like, then talk about it with your
classmates.
English A2 Waystage
In this unit, you will learn how to use Past Simple for past events and personal
UNIT V: experiences, and Past Continuous for historical events.
Lesson 1: Expressing past events

Can do: Talk about past events and experiences
Vocabulary: Personal experience
Grammar: Past simple
1 READING
a. Read and listen to the text and answer the questions below.
Julissa called her friend Cindy and invited her to a BBQ on Saturday
afternoon. Cindy eagerly accepted. She told Julissa she would have to
bring her son, Jimmy. Jimmy was ten and still a bit young to be left on
his own. Julissa said not biggie Jimmy was a good boy.
On Saturday afternoon, Cindy and Jimmy arrived at 3 o'clock, as agreed.

Jimmy went straight up to Julissa's bedroom and played cellphone
games. Julissa served a lovely meal to all her guests. Jimmy ate his meal
upstairs. The two friends gossiped and had a wonderful time together.
Cindy and Jimmy left at eleven o'clock.
The next day in the morning, Julissa went to get her credit card. It was
in her purse that she left the credit card in her bedroom. She needed to
go shopping to the supermarket. She looked for it in every single place
from her bedroom and in the whole house as well, with no success.
She didn´t find the credit card, so she took a deep breath and started
thinking wisely, so she remembered that Cindy's son spent the whole
evening in her bedroom. She got mad and decided to call Cindy to
blame it on Jimmy, saying that Jimmy was a bad egg and stole her
credit card. In the middle of the discussion, Julissa looked straight to
the television cabinet and her credit card was there.
Unit V - Lesson 1: Expressing past events
1. Why did Julissa call Cindy the first time? ________________________________________

2. When was the BBQ? _______________________________________________________
3. What time did Cindy arrive to Julissa’s house? ___________________________________
4. How old was Jimmy? ______________________________________________________
5. What did Jimmy do when arriving to Julissa’s house?______________________________
6. What did Cindy and Julissa do at the BBQ? _____________________________________
7. What time did Cindy and her son go back home? ________________________________
8. What happened next day in the morning? ______________________________________
9. What did Julissa need the credit card for? ______________________________________
10. Did Julissa lose the credit card? ______________________________________________
b. Read again and provide a title that most fits the text.
c. Read the text again and answer true or false to the following statements.
1. Cindy called her friend Julissa and invited her to a BBQ. ____
2. Cindy told Julissa she would have to bring her son. ____
3. Jimmy was thirteen years old. ____
4. Cindy and Jimmy arrived at 4 o’clock, as agreed. ____
5. Julissa served a lovely meal to all her guests. ____
6. The two friends gossiped and had a wonderful time together. ____
7. Julissa and Jimmy left at eleven o’clock. ____
8. Julissa needed to go shopping to the supermarket. ____
9. She got mad and decided to call Cindy to blame it on Jimmy. ____
10. Cindy said that Jimmy was a bad egg and stole her credit card. ____
Look at the example sentences with the Past Simple.
1. Julissa called her friend Cindy and invited her to a BBQ.

2. She told Julissa she would have to bring her son, Jimmy.
3. Julissa served a lovely meal to all her guests.
4. She needed to go shopping to the supermarket.
5. She didn't find the credit card.
Past Simple
English A2 Waystage
2 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat vocabulary related to personal experiences.
CARNIVAL
1. sail a rowboat. 2. fly a helicopter. 3. go to a market. 4. go to a festival.
5. act in a drama. 6. sing in a karaoke. 7. go to a concert. 8. travel abroad.
9. ride a horse. 10. dive in the ocean. 11. get robbed. 12. hike mountains.
13. practice windsurfing. 14. parachuting. 15. surf waves. 16. motorcycle race.
b. Listen to a girl talking about her holiday experience. Answer the following questions.
a. When did the family travel?

___________________________________________________
b. Where did they go?
___________________________________________________
c. How did they get the money to travel?
___________________________________________________
d. What places did they visit?
___________________________________________________
e. What was the girl’s favorite experience?
___________________________________________________
c. Listen to a guy talking about his summer vacations. Mark true or false to the statements.
1. He decided to talk to his friends from college. ___

2. He had Ometepe Island or Corn Island in mind. ___
3. Going to those places would be expensive. ___
4. They had a hard time in the afternoon. ___
5. The boys burned a firewood at night. ___
6. The girls prepared the breakfast. ___
7. After dinner they told horror stories. ____
8. The girls started singing to forget about it. ___
d. Listen to a man talking about his first adventure and fill in the blanks.
My first adventure.
When I ____ 10 my father ____ me in his arms and _____: you
can do anything you want with your life, but don’t forget to enjoy
your days; it’s better to be ___________ for the life you _____
not for the money you ______ so I want to tell you about the first
adventure I _____.
When I ______ 19 I ______ to go on adventure, I _________ to

the neighbor country Honduras. I ______ know anybody in that
country so I _______ and _____ a bus straight to the country.
When I ____ there I ______ to the locals what place to visit and
they ____________ me to visit Roatan, bay Islands. so I _______
searching on internet how to get there. I _______ it, first I _______ to the Museum; then I
_______ the Roatan Institute of Marine Sciences where I _______ with dolphins, ________
snorkeling, and the last thing I ____ and my favorite _____ deep-sea fishing, I even _____ new
people. Everything I _____ _____ an amazing experience.
3 SPEAKING
a. It’s your turn. Tell your classmates about a breaking news you have experienced that called
your attention.
b. Work in pairs. Ask and answer the following questions.
What did you do yesterday? Where were you born? Think about the last time you
Describe your day. Where did you grow up? had a lot of fun with friends.
Talk about your childhood. What did you do? Talk about
English A2 Waystage
c. Tell your classmates about the last time you went on holiday? Talk about it. (where, who, when,
how long, with whom, what see/do).
d. Think of three things that exist nowadays and didn’t exist when you were a kid. Could you live
without them nowadays?
e.g.
4 WRITING
a. Write a paragraph about the things you liked/ disliked to do when you were a child. (Write at
least 50 words).
b. Walk around the classroom and ask your classmates the following questions and take notes.
Interview a friend
When did you last… Name Answer
participate in a fight?
visit your grandparents?
eat fast food?
travel abroad?
go swimming?
drink orange juice?
play soccer?
sing in a karaoke?
go on holiday?
have a party?
c. Think about the last time you had a lot of fun with friends. What did you do? Write about it.
d. Write an email to your friend from abroad about your last birthday. Tell him/her what you did
and who was there?
English A2 Waystage
Lesson 2: Interrupting actions in the past

Can do: Talk about historical events
Vocabulary: Historical events
Grammar: Past continuous
1 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the vocabulary about historical events.
1. agriculture 2. ancient 3. archaeologist 4. archives 5. artefact 6. caveman

NICARAGUAN POLITICAL
CONSTITUTION
& 2014 AMENDMENTS
7. census
1008. century 9. civilization 10. constitution 11. dynasty 12. empire
1000
13. fossil 14. king 15. migration 16. millennium 17. pyramid 18. queen
19. research 20. revolution 21. suffrage 22. technology 23. tribe 24. urbanization
10
25. weapons 26. war 27. printing press 28. slavery 29. decade 30. castle
Unit V - Lesson 2: Interrupting actions in the past
b. Listen to Lucas talking about his experience the day he was walking the dog at night and
answer the questions below.
1. What was Lucas’ dog’s name?
2. Why did it suddenly start getting dark?
3. How did Lucas feel when he went into the house?
4. What did Lucas confuse the curtain with?
5. What did he hear when calling his dog?
c. Listen to Imara’s experience the day she was driving back home from her sister’s house at
night and fill in the blanks.
The Lady’s ghost.

It was just before midnight on November 2nd last year. Imara Vargas
_______ ________ home after visiting her mom through a curved
road named la concha, even it was clear; She ______ _______
carefully. Suddenly, out of nowhere, an old lady stepped out in front
of her.
The old lady _______ _________ a white gown and __________
a stick. Imara stepped hard on the brake pedal but it was too late.
She got out of the car but, to her surprise, there was nobody there.
While she ______ _________ under the car, she felt a cold wind on
her face and a strange presence that sent shivers down her spine. She scared but she was still
________ under her car when a middle-aged man from the area, walked up to her and asked her
if she needed help to start her car so she told him what had happened. He didn't seem surprised
when Imara _______ _______ him about the old lady.
The man told her that In November 1995, there was a car accident on this road and an old lady
was fatally run over. You're not the first to have seen her ghost here, the lady’s ghost was always
____________ on this road for decades. He said in a mysterious tone.
d. Listen to Gabriel's experience last summer when he went on holiday with his family. Mark true
or false to the statements.
1. Abby and Gabriel visited the old, abandoned hospital. ____
2. A noise came from a small room next to the waiting room. ____
3. They were feeling scared and nervous so they didn’t get in. ____
4. They saw a woman wearing a white gown. ____
5. The man was also bleeding from his hands. ____
6. Her hair was black and she was head down. ____
7. Their eyes were blinking and their bodies shaking. ____
8. Gabriel and Abby felt like woman was angrily looking at them. ____
9. They were running so fast, that they fell off. ____
10. Their parents believed everything they said. ____
English A2 Waystage
2 READING
a. Read and listen to the following text about the experience taking care of the nature. Underline
the verbs in past continuous.
What are you doing to help Nature?

Last year our academy, Centro Tecnologico de Idiomas (CTI) was
taking part in the program "Let's Save Nature." This program tried
to help both animals and plants in our countryside, beaches and
mountains.
Animals and plants were disappearing because we humans were not
taking care of them. We were throwing our rubbish in the sea, on
the streets and in the country. The animals were getting trapped in
plastic bags, or getting ill because they were eating plastic wrappers.
Plants were dying because we were throwing chemicals and rubbish
in the forests. Forest fires were also killing thousands of animals and
plants.
The whole institution was part of this beautiful program. Students,
teachers, janitors, and all the different departments were doing
everything to save nature. It was an amazing experience, changes
were made and now we can say it was working, it works and it will
always work if we do it together.
b. Circle the sentences if true or false according to the reading.
1. (CTI) was taking part in the program "Let's Save the Environment." T/F
2. This program tried to help animals, humans and plants. T/F
3. Animals and plants were disappearing because of human’s actions. T/F
4. People were getting trapped in plastic bags. T/F
5. Forest fires were also killing thousands of animals and plants. T/F
6. Students only were part of this beautiful program. T/F
7. Animals were getting ill because they were eating plastic wrappers. T/F
8. Plants were living because we were throwing chemicals in the forests. T/F
c. Read again and provide a title that most fits the text.
d. Read and listen to the conversation between Alex and Cindy and answer the questions below.
Cindy: I phoned you yesterday afternoon but you didn't answer?

Where were you?
Alex: I was working in another room when you called. I didn't hear
the phone ringing until it was too late. I was not paying attention to
it at that moment.
Cindy: What were you working on?
Alex: I was printing a report that I needed to send to the headquarters.
Why did you call?
Cindy: I was looking for Cris and couldn't find him. Do you know
where he was?
Alex: Cris was driving to college.
Cindy: Oh, I see. What did you do yesterday?
Alex: I met the representatives from INATEC in the morning. In the
afternoon, I worked on the report and was just finishing when you
phoned. What were you doing yesterday?
Cindy: Well, at 9 I was having a meeting with Ms. Hernandez. After that, I did some research.
Alex: Sounds like a boring day!
Cindy: Yes, I was not enjoying the meeting and I don't really like doing research. But it needed to
be done.
Alex: I agree with you on that. No research - no business, No business – no money, No money –
no honey.
1. When did Cindy phone Alex?

___________________________________________________________________
2. What was Alex doing at the moment of the call?
___________________________________________________________________
3. Why was Cindy calling Alex?
___________________________________________________________________
4. What was Alex printing?
___________________________________________________________________
5. What was Cris doing when Cindy called?
___________________________________________________________________
6. Was Cindy enjoying the meeting?
___________________________________________________________________
English A2 Waystage
Look at the example sentences in Past Continuous.
1. We were throwing our rubbish in the sea.

2. Forest fires were also killing thousands of animals.
3. I was not paying attention to it at that moment.
4. I was not enjoying the meeting.
5. Cris was driving to college.
Past continuous
Go to grammar appendix on pages 162
3 SPEAKING
a. Think of what you were doing yesterday. Describe the day using past continuous.
e.g.
Yesterday I was studying English with my classmates in the morning. We
were also taking pictures to add them to a power point presentation that
we were making.
b. Memory test. Tell your classmates what you were doing the last time you had a birthday party
using the past continuous.
e.g.
Lat time I had a birthday party I was celebrating with my best friends, we
were dancing and singing all night long.
c. Work in pairs and start a conversation about different events in which you have participated.
Use past continuous.
4 WRITING
a. Look at the verbs provided in the chart below. Write a sentence for each verb, in past continuous.
See – Break – Cut – Hurt – Find – Lose – Walk – Hit – Talk - Hear
1. ____________________________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________________________________
4. ____________________________________________________________________
5. ____________________________________________________________________
6. ____________________________________________________________________
7. ____________________________________________________________________
8. ____________________________________________________________________
9. ____________________________________________________________________
10. ____________________________________________________________________
b. It’s your turn. Using the vocabulary below continue writing a story in past continuous.
century – dynasty – empire – king – queen – weapons – war – slavery – decade - castle
In the A.D. 9th century Olaf Tryggvason grandson of the king Harald Fairhair, was leading a group
of Scandinavians, sailing to the west trying to conquer new lands…
Unknown words
B.C.= Before Christ.
Emperor= a male ruler of an empire.
A.D.= Anno Domini (after the birth of Jesus Christ).
Shield= flat object that soldiers hold in front of their
Invasion= an occasion when an army enters a country
bodies to protect themselves.
by force.
Sword= a weapon with a long metal blade and a
Viking= Scandinavian people who travelled by sea
handle, used especially in the past.
and attacked parts of Europe.
Axe= a tool with a sharp piece of metal at one end,
Execution= the killing of someone as a legal
used for cutting trees or wood.
punishment.
Medieval= relating to the period in Europe between
Rebellion= an act of fighting against the government
about 500 AD and 1500 AD.
of a country.
English A2 Waystage
c. Walk around the classroom asking the questions in the chart and take notes of the answers
you receive from your classmates.
Past Continuous
What were you doing… Name
Ten minutes ago?
Half an hour ago?
Five hours ago?
At seven o'clock this morning?
Thinking about few minutes ago?
Talking about few minutes ago?
At noon yesterday?
At night yesterday?
At the kitchen in the morning?
With your cellphone in class?
With your cellphone in class?
Unit V - REVIEW
REVIEW
1. Reading / Listening
Read and listen to the text, then answer the following questions below.
Billy the ghost was living in a haunted house. He passed away in the A.D. 15th century. He was
always scaring people who were visiting his house making frightening noises all the time. He was
always staying awake for not missing a chance to terrify visitors. He was floating near the ceiling
all over the house. People were not able to see
him because he was invisible. When he was
wearing his skeleton costume, people could
see that his heart was beating underneath. I R.I.P R.I.P R.I.P
heard last time he was feasting on dead bats
and spiders for breakfast. He was waiting for
more people to scare.
1. What was the name of the ghost? _____________________________________________

2. Where was the ghost floating? ________________________________________________
3. When did he pass away? ____________________________________________________
4. What was he doing all the time? _______________________________________________
5. How was the ghost scarying people? ___________________________________________
Speaking
Read the speaking cards and talk about the content.
What were you doing at What was your mom cooking What was your friend doing
this time 2 days ago? yesterday morning? Explain yesterday in the evening?
how.
Writing
What were you doing before this class? Write a paragraph about it.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
English A2 Waystage
In this unit, you will learn how to use Present perfect and conjunctions
UNIT VI: (FANBOYS); tell stories.
Lesson 1: Talking about unfinished actions
Can do: Talk about personal achievement, entertainment and experience
Vocabulary: Experiences
Grammar: Present perfect
a. Listen and repeat the phrases related to experiences.
1. go camping 2. meet a famous person 3. play an instrument 4. run a marathon
5. eat at a fancy restaurant 6. drive a sport car 7. climb a mountain 8. work as volunteer
9. have a baby 10. speak other language 11. swim in the ocean
b. Listen to some people talking about their experiences. Answer the following questions.
Conversation question Answer

1 What country has she visited? a) Korea b) Indonesia
2 What foods has she eaten? a) Sushi b) Natto
3 a) most spiderman movies
What movie has Katie seen?
b) just the last spiderman movie
4 Who has been to the new cafe? a) the woman b) the man
Unit VI - Lesson 1: Talking about unfinished actions
c. Listen to Arlen and Cynthia talking about their travels. Answer the following questions.
What are they talking about?
Who is Yuritza?
Why does Cinthya want to end the conversation?
d . Listen again and read the sentences from the conversation. Who said these sentences: Arlen,
Yuritza, or Cinthya?
Arlen Yuritza Cinthya

I’ve been to Chile many times.
I’ve never been there.
She’s been to Colombia and Uruguay.
She hasn’t been to Chile.
I haven’t travelled much at all.
I’ve been to The Caribbean.
She has been to Panama.
e. Listen to Arlen talking about her travel then, answer the questions.
1. What is Arlen excited?

2. Has she ever travelled outside Nicaragua?
3. Why did she go to Siuna?
4. Where does Arlen live?
5. How many times has she been to Jalapa?
6. How are they going to the airport?
7. How long does the flight to Chile take?
8. What is she going to do on the flight?
English A2 Waystage
f. Listen to two people talking about their experiences then, answer the questions.
1. Does Tony like the restaurant that they are in?

2. What does it have a good view of?
3. What is Jack into?
4. Where did he grow up?
5. Has Jack ever seen any poisonous snakes?
6. Has he ever eaten any crocodile meat?
7. Does Jack like rugby?
2 READING
a. Read and listen to the text then, answer the following questions below.
Black rose is our college’s biggest band right now. Jody, Ed, Frank and Fliss got together at
college in 2003. Since then, they’ve done four tours in the south west and they’ve released two
CDs on the college label. They’ve had three tracks played in the national radios. They’ve just
finished a tour at the Swan theatre, the football ground and the Nag’s head pub in town. On the
day before the last gig, we talked to the lead singer, Jody.
Interviewer: Has the tour gone well?
Jody: It’s been great the fans have been amazing.

They’ve liked our new songs as well as the old
ones.
Interviewer: the band has created its own sound

over the last five years, hasn’t it?
Jody: Yeah: we’ve worked hard on our music- we
want to be unique.
Interviewer: Have sales of the new album been good?
Jody: I’m not sure. I’m not really interested in that side of it.
Interviewer: Are you looking forward to the final gig tonight in the college hall?
Jody: Yes, and no. It’ll be a great gig-probably the best of this year. But I’m sorry the tour’s over-
we’ve had a really good time. We haven’t argued. We’ve played well. I’ve loved it. Even the
weather’s been good! But we need to concentrate on our exams now!
Since our interview last week, the band has had a big bust up
The college gig didn’t go well. The lead guitarist and the pianist didn’t play well. They were really
tired and didn’t try very hard. Jody was really mad. “When students have paid all that money for
a ticket, we have to play well” Jody said next morning. “Some fans have waited a year to see us.
I feel terrible” So she’s left the band. At riff magazine we hope it’s only temporary.
1. What’s the name of the band?

2. When and where did they get together?
3. How many tours have they done?
4. How many CDs have they released?
5. How many tracks have they played on national radios?
6. Have people liked the new band’s songs?
7. Is Jody interested in sales of the new album?
8. Have the members of the band argued?
9. How has the weather been?
10. Have they been working on their own sound?
Look at the example sentences with Present Perfect Simple.

They’ve had three tracks played in the national radios.
We’ve worked hard on our music.
She’s left the band. Present perfect simple
3 SPEAKING/WRITING
a. Work in pairs, choose a question (1-5) and talk about it for one minute.
1. What have you achieved in your life that you are proud of?
2. Have you met or heard about anyone who really surprised you?
3. Have you ever performed in public?
4. Have you ever done any work for charity?
5. How many cities in your country have you visited?
English A2 Waystage
b. Find someone who…
e.g. A: Have you ever flown in an airplane? B: Yes, I have/No, I haven’t
Have you ever…? Student’s name
run in a marathon
driven a sport car
swom in the ocean
seen the sunrise
spoken another language
argued with someone
travelled abroad
failed an exam
eaten cuban food
worked through the night
c. Work in pairs. Think of some things you’ve always wanted to do. Then, talk about it with your
classmates.
e.g. A: I’ve always wanted to work as volunteer. B: Why?

A: Because I…
d. Work in pairs. Write (8) true sentences about your life experiences using the Present perfect
form. Share your sentences with your classmates.
1. _________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________
3. _________________________________________________________________
4. _________________________________________________________________
5. _________________________________________________________________
6. _________________________________________________________________
7. _________________________________________________________________
8. _________________________________________________________________
4 WRITING
a. Write about an event that happened this year.
Think about these questions:

• When and where did the event take place?
• Is there any background information that you will need in order to give more details about
the event?
• What happened exactly?
• Was it memorable? How did you feel about it?
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
b. Work in pairs and share your writing piece with a classmate.
English A2 Waystage
Lesson 2: Story telling

Can do: Talk about past events, vacations
Vocabulary: Connectors of sequence
Grammar: Conjunctions (FANBOYS)
1 READING
a. Read and listen to the text then, write True (T) if the statement is correct or False (F) if it is
wrong.
The dancer
The Dancer Fans love to watch Hector, for he dances beautifully. Hector
performs with a giant fan, and people are captivated by his creative and
magical performance. He doesn't dance in the traditional way, nor does
he wants to. His technique is very precise, but the effect is breezy. He can
relax an audience with the easy flow of his movement, or he can shock
them with a vibrant color change of his fan and costume. Other dancers
try to imitate his style, yet they have not succeeded. He is imaginative and
talented, so he will attract fans for many years to come.
1. ___ Hector sings beautifully, and people

are captivated by her creative and magical
performance. Unknown words
2. ___ Hector can relax an audience with the easy perform = carry out, accomplish, or fulfill
flow of her movement. (an action, task, or function).
3. ___ Fans love to watch Hector, for she dances breezy = appearing relaxed, informal, and
very badly. cheerily brisk.
4. ___ Hector performs a traditional dance. shock = to cause surprise or shock.
5. ___ Hector is an awful dancer.
b. Complete each sentence using the correct coordinating conjunction (FANBOYS).

1. His technique is very precise, ____ the effect is breezy.
2. Dancers try to imitate his style, ____ they have not succeeded.
3. ____ he dances beautifully.
4. He doesn't dance in the traditional way, ____ does he wants to.
5. Hector performs with a giant fan, ____ people are captivated by his creative and magical
performance.
6. He is imaginative and talented, ____ he will attract fans for many years to come.
Conjunctions (FANBOYS)
Unit VI - Lesson 2: Story telling
a. Listen and complete the following sentences from the letter with connectors of sequence
and conjunctions.
1. during December last year. __________, I went to Paris and let me …

2. I had never been to Paris ________.
3. for three weeks, ______ given the fact that we were too tired …
4. take a lot of pictures from there. _________, I had one of those tasty crepes you used …
5. to talk a lot about, ___________ we went back to …
6. we visited The Louvre Museum and The Arch of Triumph, ______ we took a boat tour to
Sena lake…
7. a glass of champagne ______ lastly we took a train to the south of France.
8. That week was horrible _________ I got ill, …
9. they bought souveniers ______ went places, …
10. I was fully recovered after that week, and I proposed to go to Barcelona
11. I was fully recovered _______ _________ week, and I proposed to go to Barcelona …
12. _____________, my friends and I decided it was better to stay in Barcelona …
b. Take a look at the pictures presented. Without listening to the audio yet, try to guess what
happened when Cinthya was on vacation. The pictures are not in order.
a b c d e f g
c. Listen to the following dialogue where Cinthya tells Juan about her trip. Then, match the
pictures with the appropriate sentences.
1. ___ We went to another campsite. This campsite was better, clean.
2. ___ It was the pool and the sun came up again.
3. ___ It was horrible, because there was bad weather.
4. ___ The campsite had not hygienic services.
5. ___ We went to a campsite near to Marseille.
6. ___ My parents and I visited Marseille Cathedral.
7. ___ We had a delicious lunch and I took a lots of pictures.
English A2 Waystage
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Now it is your turn to talk

about the last time you went on a trip. Add
details about it.
4 WRITING
a. Juan told Ana about his trip to Europe in a letter. Here is an extract of that letter. Write a
similar text to a friend of yours in which you tell him about a vacation trip you made to some
place in Nicaragua. Make sure to use sequence connectors and conjunctions.
Juan and his friends went to Paris.

First, they decided to go up the Eiffel
Tower. The view was wonderful so, they
decided to take a lot of pictures. Later,
Juan ate some tasty crepes.
The first week, they visited the Louvre

Museum. Then, they had a special dinner
in the Sena River. The second week they
went to the south of France but, Juan
had to stay in bed. Their friends went
to places and Juan was watching TV or
was reading some travel guides. Finally,
they decided to go to Barcelona.
Unit VI - REVIEW
REVIEW
1. READING/LISTENING
Read and listen to the following text about The most exciting thing that someone has ever
done then, mark True or False.
The most exciting and scary thing I’ve ever done is fly in a small
4-seater plane. The pilot was the boyfriend of my best friend. It
was a very beautiful day and we decided to go for a ride- but in
a little propeller plane. I had never been in such a small plane
before. My friend, Susan sat in the co-pilots seat. During the
flight her boyfriend asked her if she would like to fly the plane.
While she was at the controls, the pilot, Jason kept saying things like - if you turn the wings a
little more to the right they will snap off and if you turn them to the left we will crash. I was so
scared! I didn’t know if he was kidding or if it was really true. Finally, after what seemed like a
week Jason took over the controls again. Still it was a very smooth and pleasant flight. There
were no bumps at all. But I was pretty scared when my friend was flying the plane, and I was
very glad to be on solid ground again. I never had the opportunity to be in such a small plane
ever again, but I would be glad to do so.
1. The pilot was my best friend. ___
2. He has been in such a small plane before. ___
3. Susan was at the controls, the pilot. ___
4. He would be glad to be in such a big plane again.
2. LISTENING
Listen to four short conversations. Then, circle the right answer.
1. She says the soup is _____. a) great b) not that great

2. She cannot go because _____. a) she has class b) her son cannot go
3. He will go to the forest because _____. a) leaves are changing b) he is going camping
4. She does not go out because _____. a) she does not like crowds b) she has no money
3. WRITING / SPEAKING
Write an exciting anecdote or thing you have done in your life, then share with your classmates
that experience.
English A2 Waystage
In this unit, you will learn how to use gerunds and infinitives; you will also learn
common verbs and phrases used in a normal conversation; as well as the use
UNIT VII: of can and could when talking about your hobbies and be able to to express
people’s abilities.
Lesson 1: Emphasizing actions and results
Can do: Express stopped actions and continued actions
Vocabulary: Common verbs/phrases

Grammar: Gerunds and infinitives
1 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the following common verbs and phrases.
1. water the plants 2. hang up the laundry 3. fold the laundry 4. feed the dog 5. take a taxi
6. wait for the bus 7. paint a picture 8. phone people 9. take a break 10. walk the dog
11. take out the garbage 12. sweep the floor 13. rake the leaves 14. iron the clothes 15. press the red button
16. dust the house 17. read the news 18. squeeze the lemon 19. cut the hair 20. clean the window
21. cut the grass 22. do the dishes 23. paint the house
Unit VII- Lesson 1: Emphasizing actions and results
b. Listen to the conversation and answer the following questions.
1. What is Emma looking for?

2. Was the teacher able to help Emma immediately?
3. When is the teacher going to be available?
c. Listen to Jader in a normal day at home.
What do you think about it? Are you familiarized with

the situation?
2 READING/WRITING
a. Read and listen to the following text. Then, choose the correct answers.
Promoting your employees is really important to continue

growing as a company, it creates loyalty and motivates
employees to keep working hard. Some companies look
for their candidates outside, probably because their own
employees are not qualified for a higher position. But, when
you have the right people that fit the position's requirement.
The best thing to do is to promote your employees and
replace their positions with somebody else.
Most of the cases, the Operation Manager starts posting the positions available in the different
areas or departments, so that the inside candidates can check the requirements and apply.
Here you have some tips on how to apply for a higher position in your workplace:
• Start rehearsing for your interviews.

• Start collecting information of the position you're applying for.
• Try practicing good manners and social skills.
• Try projecting confidence when talking.
• Avoid hesitating when answering questions.
• Avoid going around the bushes.
English A2 Waystage
1. Why is it important to promote employees? 4. Who posts the positions available?

a. It creates satisfaction. a. The operation manager.
b. It creates Loyalty. b. The receptionist.
c. It creates laziness. c. The recruiter.
d. All of the above. d. All of the above
2. Why would a company look for candidates 5. What kind of tips are good when applying
outside? for a new position?
a. Candidates are not qualified. a. Avoid going around the bushes.
b. Candidates are too good for the position. b. Try projecting confidence when talking.
c. Candidates are not willing to grow in the c. Start rehearsing for your interviews.
company. d. All of the above.
d. All of the above.
3. What's the best thing to do when
employees meet the requirements?
a. Fire employees.
b. Ignore employees.
c. Promote employees.
d. All of the above.
b. Read the text again. Mark true or false to the following statements.
1. Start studying for your interviews. ______
2. Start collecting information of the position you're applying for. ______
3. Try practicing good listening skills. ______
4. Try projecting confidence when talking. _____
5. Avoid talking when answering questions. ______
6. Avoid going around the bushes. _____
7. The worst thing to do is to promote your employees. _____
8. the Operation Manager starts posting the positions available. _____
JOB APPLICATION
Unit VII- Lesson 1: Emphasizing actions and results
c. Based on the text. Write the ideas from the chart below in the correct chronological order.
• Avoid hesitating when answering • Start rehearsing for your interviews.

questions.
• Avoid going around the bushes.
• Try practicing good manners and social
skills. • The best thing to do is to promote your
employees
• The Operation Manager starts posting the
positions available. • Try projecting confidence when talking.
• Start collecting information of the position

you're applying for.
1. _______________________________________
2. _______________________________________
3. _______________________________________
4. _______________________________________
5. _______________________________________
6. _______________________________________
7. _______________________________________
8. _______________________________________
Look at the example sentences with gerunds/ infinitives.
1. Start collecting information of the position you're applying for.

2. Try practicing good manners and social skills.
3. The best thing to do is to promote your employees.
4. Promoting your employees is really important to continue growing as a company.
5. Avoid going around the bushes.
Gerunds and Infinitives

English A2 Waystage
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Use the following dialogue as an example to create your own. Then, practice
it with your classmate.
e.g. A: What did you need to do?
B: I’m sorry, I needed to make a call.
A: Stop wasting your time…Keep working.
B: Sure, I need to accomplish today's goal.
b. Interview a partner with the questionnaire. Ask for more information.
Do you like travelling inside the country?

Do you hate to work in team?
Do you meet frequently your friends?
Have you travelled abroad?
Do you study a lot when you have an exam?
c. Work in pairs. Talk about these topics below.

Something you like doing with your friends
Something you don’t like doing with friends
Something you are good at doing
A place you are interested in visiting
A hobbie you enjoy doing
4 WRITING
a. Write a short paragraph giving your opinion about applying for a scholarship. What tips
would you share and why?
Unit VII - Lesson 2: Making request
Lesson 2: Making request

Can do: Talk about things you can/cannot do and things you could/could not do, also talk about
people's abilities
Vocabulary: Hobbies
Grammar: Can/could/be able to
1 READING
a. Read and listen to the text about Kenia's Taekwondo journey and answer the questions below.
My Taekwondo Journey
My name is Kenia and I’ve been practicing taekwondo for over

seven years now and I am a green belt. I would like to share how
taekwondo has helped me develop as a person and provided me
with self-defense techniques that can save lives.
To begin, I am going to talk about taekwondo as a self-defense

martial art, you can call it a sport if you want to, but that is what it is
“a self-defense martial art”. In a world where we are exposed more
and more to the dangers of crime, it is important to know a few self-
defense moves because no one knows if they might end up in a
situation where they have to use them. Through taekwondo, I have
developed the speed in which to react when someone throws a
punch and I have learned how to get out of grabs and holds and I
know I can learn even more. I could choose another martial art, but I
love Taekwondo.
What do I like the most about my taekwondo training? I can enjoy every lesson I go to, I am guaranteed
to learn something new and no taekwondo lesson is ever the same. As well as that, all the instructors
are awesome. It has also developed my character and my personality. I’m very shy and I didn’t think that
I could be training for as long as I have been. Taekwondo has definitely improved my self-confidence.
punch and I have learned how to get out of grabs and holds and I know I can learn even more. I could
choose another martial art, but I love Taekwondo.
What do I like the most about my taekwondo training? I can enjoy every lesson I go to, I am guaranteed
to learn something new and no taekwondo lesson is ever the same. As well as that, all the instructors
are awesome. It has also developed my character and my personality. I’m very shy and I didn’t think that
I could be training for as long as I have been. Taekwondo has definitely improved my self-confidence.
My main goal in taekwondo is to achieve my black belt, which I will continue to strive to reach. My
favorite taekwondo-based quote is “Don’t limit your challenges, challenge your limits” because it’s such
a simple yet powerful message that is able to teach us not to give up on our dreams.
To conclude, I’m enjoying my taekwondo journey and I am glad that it has helped to shape the person
that I am today. I can’t imagine my life without it.
English A2 Waystage
1. How long has Kenia been training?

________________________________________
2. What belt color is she?

________________________________________
3. Why does she think that learning a martial art is important?

_________________________________________________
4. What has she developed through Taekwondo?

_________________________________________________
5. What does she like the most about her Taekwondo training?
__________________________________________________
6. What's her main goal?

__________________________________________________
7. What's her favorite Taekwondo quote?

__________________________________________________
b. Read the text again. Mark true or false on the statements below.
1. Kenia has been training in taekwondo for over seven years. ____
2. She is a black belt. ___
3. Taekwondo has provided her with self-defense techniques. ___
4. taekwondo is a self-defense mixed martial art. ___
5. She has developed the speed to react when someone throws a punch. ___
6. She can sometimes enjoy the lesson she goes to. ___
7. Taekwondo has also developed her character and personality. ___
8. Kenia is very extrovert. ___
9. Taekwondo has improved her self-confidence. ___
10. Her main goal is to achieve her white belt. ___
11. Don’t challenge your limits, limit your challenges. ___
12. She can’t imagine her life without Taekwondo. ___
Look at the example sentences with can / could / be able to.

3. I can’t imagine my life without Taekwondo.
1. Taekwondo can even save lives.
4. It’s such a simple yet powerful message
2. I could choose another sport, but I love that is able to teach us not to give up on
Taekwondo. our dreams.
Can / could / be able to

2 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the following vocabulary about hobbies.
1. fishing 2. riding a horse 3. swimming 4. riding a bike 5. flying a kite
6. skateboarding 7. drawing 8. watching TV 9. going to the cinema 10. cooking
11. traveling 12. shopping 13. walking the dog 14.playing phone games 15. reading
16. hanging out with 17. dancing 18. making videos 19. taking photos 20. singing
friends
21. listening to music 22. playing the 23. playing the guitar 24. working out 25. playing soccer
drums
b. Listen to a short conversation. List the things Daniel and Cindy can/can't do.
Daniel
Cindy
English A2 Waystage
c. Listen to Gaby and Felix's conversation. Match the sentences to the right person. Write F for
Felix or G for Gaby next to each statement.
I can play the piano ___

I can design computer programs ___
I can draw, and I can paint really well too ___
I can speak English and Spanish ___
I can also speak English and Korean ___
I can play the guitar ___
I can play chess ___
d. Listen to the conversation between Saraí and Julio. Fill in the gaps.
1. ______ I go with my girlfriend?

2. It ____ be very cold at Jinotepe during night.
3. I'm sorry I _________ tell you before.
4. I ______ pick you up and take you back home.
e. Listen to Jimmy talking about his town, San Juan del Sur. Then, mark the sentences True or
False.
1. San Juan del Sur is in the north of Rivas. T/F
2. San Juan del Sur is near the coast. T/F
3. San Juan del Sur is a good place to go surfing. T/F
4. Jimmy loves to do outdoor activities. T/F
5. Coasteering is similar to surfing. T/F
6. You can ride horse and quad bike. T/F
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Talk about the things you can/cannot do.
e.g. Hey Nathaly! You know, I was given a guitar but I can't play it and I know
you can play the guitar very well. Can you give some lessons to learn how
to play the guitar? I can pay you in cash.
b. Work in pairs. Answer the following question. What can you do now that you couldn't do a
week/month/ year ago?
e.g. Last month I wasn’t able to drive a car, but

now I can drive because I took a driving
course.
c. Work in pairs. Choose two areas of your life (e.g. work, studies, hobbies, sports, family) Think
about your abilities in the past, present and the future.
e.g. Five years ago I couldn't give any presentations

at work very well because I was very nervous.
Now I can speak in public with more confidence
and I am able to give speeches for long hours.
4 WRITING
a. Write sentences about things you weren't able to do in the past but now you are.
1. ______________________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________________
3. ______________________________________________________________
4. ______________________________________________________________
5. ______________________________________________________________
6. ______________________________________________________________
b. Write a short paragraph about the things you could/couldn't do if you were younger.
English A2 Waystage
REVIEW
Read and listen to the following text. Mark true or false for the sentences below.
Nicaragua has thousands of tourists in the summer, so I can
easily find a job as a tour guide because I can speak three
languages. I could take tourists to visit the most famous
beaches, rivers, and volcanoes of the country. Tourists love
different activities such as surfing, swimming, camping, hiking,
fishing or sandboarding. Sandboarding is a new extreme sport
that allows visitors to descend into the black ashes of the black
hill mounted on their board I love meeting people from all over
the world.
1. Nicaragua has thousands of tourists in the summer. ___

2. The speaker speaks four languages. ___
3. The speaker could take the tourists to departments and famous places. ___
4. Tourists love camping, hiking, hunting and meeting new people. ___
5. The speaker loves meeting new people from all over the country. ___
2. Speaking
Talk about these topics are below and give reasons for each one.
1. Something you’ve tried to do but have never been able to do well.

2. Something you can do, but you would like to be able to do better.
3. Something you think all old people should be able to do before to retired.
4. Somewhere you would like to go, but you are not able to go.
5. Someone you would like to teach him/her but you are no able to do it.
3. Writing
Write a paragraph about your abilities you were able to do in the past but now you can do
others and could do them better in the future.

Unit VIII - Lesson 1: Expressing advice and suggestions
In this unit, you will learn how to give advice and suggestions with should and
UNIT VIII: shouldn’t, use Must for obligation and needs and have to for rules
Lesson 1: Expressing advice and suggestions

Can do: Talk about health problems and common illnesses
Vocabulary: Health
Grammar: Should/shouldn’t
1 READING/SPEAKING
a. Read and listen to the web posting about “Home remedies”. Then, match the right sentences
with the words on the left.
The world’s best advice site… written by you

Norma, Nicaragua June 1 8:33 a.m. Hellen, Guatemala December 7 12:20 p.m.
An onion A wet teabag
If you get a high temperature, use an onion. It sounds Here are my tips for toothache. You should put a wet
strange but it helps. Cut one large onion in half and tie teabag on the sore tooth. I always have a wet teabag in
half an onion to the bottom of each of your feet. You the fridge so it’s there when I need it. Another idea: take
shouldn’t wear socks of course, just bare feet! I use this a garlic clove and put it on the tooth. Both these ideas
on my kids and it works every time. The remedy came help me nine times out of ten. But if they don’t work for
from a relative from down south. you, you should go to a dentist.
Maria, El salvador April 15 3:45 p.m. Marlon, Costa Rica September 28 6:45 a.m.
Black toast with honey Salt water
A friend of mine stayed in a hotel in Nicaragua and the When I was a child, I got a lot of headaches and my
manager gave this to her for stomachache. It really grandmother always did this for me. Put a few drops of
works. Just take a piece of bread and toast it until it’s warm salt water in your ears. Don’t use really hot water.
black. Then put honey on the toast and eat it. You don’t Do this three or four times for both ears. Then, lie down
really need the honey, but it makes it taste better! It and close your eyes for about ten minutes.
doesn’t look good, but it can really help, so if you get
stomachache, try this remedy.

English A2 Waystage
1. __You should take it for stomachache. a. an onion

2. __ You should take it for headache. b. a wet teabag
3. __ You should take it for toothache. c. salt water
4. __ You should take it for temperature. d. black toast with honey
b. What do you think of these home remedies? Would you like to try them? Why? Why not?
Look at the example sentences with Should/Shouldn’t.
You should’t wear socks of course, just bare feet!
You should put a wet teabag on the sore tooth.
Should/shouldn’t
2 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the vocabulary related to health problems and illnesses from the box.
1. headache 2. cold 3. sore throat 4. fever
5. backache 6. stomachache 7. sore neck 8. earache
9. cough 10. flu 11. sneeze 12. vomit

b. Listen to the audio and match the vocabulary of health problems and illnesses
with the appropriate pictures.
1. ________ 2. ________ 3. ________ 4. ________
5. ________ 6. ________ 7. ________ 8. ________
9. ________ 10. ________ 11. ________ 12. ________
13. _______ 14. ________
c. Listen to the audio and match the phrases for health and medical treatment.
Inject the vaccine – monitor the patient – measure the blood pressure – prevent infection –
suffer headaches – admit a patient – rehabilitate the patient – adjust the medicine – transmit
disease - operate patients – consult with the doctor – relieve a headache – diagnose the illness
1. Washing your hands ______________________
2. The doctor uses the x-ray to ________________
3. The nurse _______________ to the hospital.
4. The patient ________________about her recovery.
5. The nurse is ________________ for the patient.
6. He is _________________ into the patient’s arm.
7. The doctor is___________________ to the woman.
8. The medical staff have many devices to __________________
9. Taking medicine to ____________________
10. The surgical team __________________________ to improve their health.
11. The therapist is trying to _________________________________
12. Some people ________________________ when they have a lot of work.
13. Shaking hands can ____________________ by spreading bacteria or viruses.

English A2 Waystage
d Listen to a doctor giving recommendations to a patient. Answer the questions.
1. What are the symptoms does she have?

2. What illness does she have according the doctor?
3. What did the doctor recommend her?
e Listen to the audio about two people searching medical information online.
1. James thinks that he has ____.

a) a cold b) a stomachache c) the flu
2. The woman thinks that James has a virus because ___

a) he has a high fever b) his eyes are red c) his skin is a different color
3. Where did the woman find information on this virus?

a) on a Website b) in a medical journal c) on a medical podcast
4. James doesn't believe the information because it __.

a) is somewhat outdated and old b) doesn't deal with his symptoms c) doesn't come
from a qualified doctor
5. According to the woman, James only has ______ to live.

a) a few days b) a little over a month c) about a week
3 SPEAKING
a. Discussion. Work in groups and answer these questions.
1. What should you do to prevent Covid19? 4. Do you use the internet when you want to
diagnose a health problem? Why/Why not?
2. How do you relieve a headache?
5. What do you do when you have insomnia?
3. Who do you consult when you have a health
problem? 6. How often do you visit the doctor?
Unknown words
rare = not common.
come on = used in speech to show surprise.
psychic = a person who has special abilities to predict the future.
nonsense = an idea that is crazy, foolish or completely untrue.
set in = begin to the present of something that is usually unpleasant.
disease = a condition of a person, animal, or plant in which its body or structure is
harmed because an organ or part is unable to work as it usually does.

b. Work in groups. Perform a discussion based on the diseases below.

A – Influenza.
What do you think influenza is the most important disease to cure?
Why? Why not?
Provide three reasons to support your ideas
B – Diabetes.
What do you think diabetes is the most important disease to cure?
Why? Why not?
C – AIDS.
What do you think AIDS is the most important disease to cure?
Why? Why not?

D – Cancer.
What do you think cancer is the most important disease to cure?
Why? Why not?
c Work in pairs. Students have short conversations with a classmate, who has a health problem,
the other classmate should give advice for their conditions.
Health problems
A cold – sunburn – diarrhea – headache – stomachache – depression – bloody nose – cramps
– fever – the flu – herpes – laryngitis- cavity – an allergy
Example dialogue
A: What’s the matter?

B: I’m feeling a bit rough. Yesterday, I went swimming in a river. But the water was really dirty.
Now, my skin is really itchy.
A: Ah do you have rash?
B: Exactly.
A: You should go to a clinic. Maybe they can give you some ointment.
B: Thank you for the advice.

English A2 Waystage
4 WRITING
a. Read the situation and write an email apologizing.

It’s Sunday afternoon. You have a very bad headache/stomachache/toothache/cold/diarrhea/
fever. Tomorrow you have a meeting with a colleague at work, but you think you should in bed.

Unit VIII - Lesson 2: Expressing obligations, needs and rules
Lesson 2: Expressing obligations, needs and rules

Can do: Talk about jobs obligations and rules
Vocabulary: : Phrases related to Jobs
Grammar: Must/have to
1 LISTENING
a. Read these phrases related to jobs. Listen and match the phrases on the left with the definitions
on the right.
1. part-time a) working the hours according to your
contract.
2. to be punctual b) hours outside of the normal working week
(such as night).
3. work at home c) go to work a part of the day or week.
4. to clock in/out d) someone who loves their work and work

as hard as they can to be successfully.
5. working shift
e) the duties or task you have to complete
daily.
6. hourly rate f) someone who arrives on time, works hard
and delivers as their boss requires.
7. unsocial hours g) to record to start/finish time of work on a special machine.
8. workaholic h) to work from home rather than to go to workplace.
9. committed
i) issues such as your hours, holidays, place of work and how you are
treated by the company.
10. up to your eyes j) someone is addicted to their work and work as many hours as they can.
11. reliable k) to start or arrive at the specific time.
12. work to rule l) the amount of money that is charged, paid, or earned for every hour
worked.
13. workinschedule m) to be very busy doing something.

14. working conditions n) different groups of workers work somewhere at different times of the
day and night.
15. overtime
o) time that you spend working in your job in addition to your normal
working hours.

English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to Ana’s aunt’s new job. Mark the statement true or false.
1. Ana's aunt has to work from 8 until 5. ___
2. She has to look after a small girl. ___
3. Ana's aunt must have some experience. ___
4. The nanny must not be too young. ___
5. Ana's aunt has to use transport to get to her work. ___
6. Ana's aunt must not be late for work. ___
c. Listen to three conversations talking about necessary actions. Then, answer the following
questions.
conversation question answer
1 What does he need to do? a) dust b) to get home
2 Do they really have to pay the bill? a) yes b) No
3 What does he have to do? a) go to work b) take the kids
d. Listen to two people talking about their jobs. Check their obligations in their jobs.
a pilot a flight attendant

I have to explain the safety instructions carefully.
He must concentrate at all times.
I don’t have to reserve a seat when I travel.
I don’t have to fly back immediately.
2 READING
a. Read and listen to the text. Then, answer the questions below.
Travel round Hong Kong
The Hong Kong Metro is very popular. It is one of the cleanest

and most comfortable metro systems in the world. However,
there are some strict rules to make sure that it stays this way:
• You must have a valid ticket to travel.

• You mustn’t eat or drink on trains. Fines are up to $5,000!
• You must stand behind the yellow line on the platform.
• You mustn’t take bikes on trains.
• You mustn’t shout. A guard may ask you to leave the train if you do!
• You mustn’t play musical instruments, dance or sing on trains.

Unit VIII - Lesson 2: Expressing obligations, needs and rules
1. Why is the Hong Kong Metro very popular?

2. What happens if you drink and eat in a Hong Kong Metro?
3. What do you need to have if you travel in Hong Kong Metro?
Look at the example sentences with Must and Have to.
You must have a valid ticket to travel.

You mustn’t take bikes on trains.
I have to explain the safety instructions carefully.
I don’t have to fly back immediately.
Must/musn’t; Have to/don’t have to

3 SPEAKING/WRITING
a. Work in pairs. Complete the sentences below with your own ideas. Then, share them with
your classmates.
A good friend must ________________________________________________________

A good teacher mustn’t _____________________________________________________
A good classmate must _____________________________________________________
A good brother and sister mustn’t _____________________________________________
A good doctor must ________________________________________________________
A good neighbor mustn’t ____________________________________________________
A good politician must ______________________________________________________

English A2 Waystage
b. Work in pairs. Describe jobs expressing obligations and rules using the jobs in the box below
and using the example provided.
farmer- firefighter- bus driver- hair dresser- teacher- designer- police officer- lawyer- doctor-
principal
e.g. Window cleaner:

You must wear safety equipment.
You have to work with water.
You must be punctual.
You must use a bucket in your work.
You have to clean a lot of windows.
4 WRITING
a. Write some sentences on how to get a driver license.
1. _____________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________
a. Work in pairs. Write five obligations/rules for English class. Explain why you need each rules.
b.
e.g.
You must come to class on time, so you don’t disturb students.
1. _____________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________

Unit VIII - REVIEW
REVIEW
Read and listen to the article. Mark True or False the statements below.
Many diseases that doctors thought had almost disappeared are now
making a comeback. Britain's National Health Service (NHS) has reported a
serious rise in the number of people with diseases such as tuberculosis (TB),
cholera, measles and whooping cough. An NHS spokesperson said that
TB is now more common in England than it is in less developed countries
such Rwanda, Iraq, and Guatemala. Tuberculosis is also increasing across
the globe. In 2013, it killed 1.5 million people worldwide, and that number is rising. Tuberculosis
largely affects very poor people. It is an infectious disease that affects the lungs. Its symptoms
include bad coughs, fever, weight loss and sweating.
Researchers say that many of the diseases that are making a comeback are both
preventable and treatable. One big problem in England is that TB is affecting old
people who have malnutrition – they do not have enough to eat. The number of
elderly who have to go without food has doubled in the past three years. This
is putting these old people in greater danger of getting TB. A UK doctor said
she did not understand why society wasn't doing more to fight TB. She said:
"Malnutrition is preventable. It is totally unacceptable that…there are at least one
million older people malnourished or at risk of malnourishment." She said there
needed to be a bigger focus on better nutrition and proper medicine.
a. America's health service reported on a rise in the number of TB cases. T/F

b. TB killed over 15 million people in 2013. T/F
c. TB is an infectious disease that affects the lungs. T/F
d. One of the symptoms of tuberculosis is weight loss. T/F
e. Many old people in England suffer from malnutrition. T/F
f. The number of old people with little food in England doubled in 3 years. T/F
g. A doctor said that malnutrition could not be treated. T/F
h. The doctor said there was enough of a focus on good medicine. T/F
2. Listening
Listen to people giving suggestions. Complete the sentences with the right word.
1) He should visit the _____. 3) He should go to _____.
2) He should not eat _____. 4) He should go in _____.
3. Speaking
Talk about a job of a worker’s functions, obligations. Share them with your classmates.

English A2 Waystage
In this unit, you will learn how to use relative clauses to add extra information
UNIT IX:
and reflexive pronouns to refer to a person or a thing
Lesson 1: Identifying specific information
Can do: Talk about additional information and touristic places
Vocabulary: Touristic places

Grammar: Relative clauses
1 READING
a.
a. Read and listen to the paragraph below. Underline the relative clauses in the text.
Hi, I'm Gaby. In the summer I went to visit Italy, where my

brother lives. I met his mother in-law, a lady who was so kind
with me; she helped me out in everything I needed when my
brother was not at home. I still have communication with her.
Even though, I came back to my country. My birthday was last
week which I celebrated with my loved ones.
Guess what? The lady didn't forget about me and sent me a

present. It was just the time when I needed a gift like this. The
set of vase she's offered me is exactly what I wanted. This
vase reminds me of a China vase which was at home and whose patterns and shape were
nearly the same.
That was the best China vase that I’ve ever seen. My mother, who was an artist, used to
arrange roses in that vase, she put it in a place where everybody could see it. This is the
reason why I’m so pleased with her present. Guess the place where I put it. On my desk, just
in front of me.
ab
b. Answer the following questions about the reading.
1. Who did Gaby visit? 4. What does the present remind her?
2. Where does her brother live? 5. How does Gaby feel about the present?
3. What did she receive from the lady? 6. Where did she place her present?

Unit IX - Lesson 1 : Identifying specific information
Look at the example sentences with relative clauses.
1. In the summer I went to visit Italy, where my brother lives.

2. I met his mother in-law, a lady who was so kind with me.
3. My birthday was last week which I celebrated with my loved ones.
4. It was just the time when I needed a gift like this.
5. The set of vase she's offered me is exactly what I wanted.
Relative clauses
2 LISTENING
a. Listen to the 20 Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in the World. Write the place and the top number
where they belong to, right below to them.
eiffel tower the colosseum statue of liberty machu picchu the acropolis
the taj mahal pyramids of giza great wall of china angkor wat petra
grand canyon stonehenge borobudur niagara falls bagan
sydney opera mount kilimanjaro the louvre forbidden city prague castle

English A2 Waystage
a.
b. Listen to the following sentences and complete the blank spaces.
1. I want to live in a place _________there is a lot to do.

2. He's a musician _________ albums have sold millions.
3. The laptop __________ I bought last week has started making a strange noise.
4. There was a one-year guarantee _________ came with the TV.
5. That was a decision __________ importance I did not understand
6. He's the man _________ I met at the conference.
7. Summer is the season ___________ I'm happiest.
8. I know someone ___________ can help you, my friend Carlos is an English teacher
9. She's the woman __________ cuts my hair.
10. Yesterday was a day __________ everything went wrong
11. That's the stadium __________ Real Madrid play.
12. He offered to help us, __________ was a nice gesture.
a.
c. Listen to Gabriel talking about his experience meeting a new friend. Mark true or false to the
statements below.
1. Gabriel met his new friend last week at the local market. ___
2. Ana lives in the same neighborhood where Gabriel lives. ___
3. She was walking her cat whose name is Tyson. ___
4. Gabriel was training his dog to make him follow orders and
commands. ___
5. Ana approached Gabriel when she saw him training his dog. ___
6. Gabriel is the type of person who gives his best when helping
others. ___
7. 7. They are looking for a place where to walk their dogs. ___
3 SPEAKING
a. What's the word? Take turns to pick up a word from the chart and give a definition using
relative clauses so your classmates can guess.
smartphone – school – mother – son – the moon – the sun – camera – market – bycicle – park
thief – beach – pen – TV – police officer – engineer – dog – garbage – social media - car
e.g.
It's a place where people read books (Library)

Unit IX - Lesson 1 : Identifying specific information
b. Choose one of your classmates and describe him/her using relative clauses.
e.g.
He/she is one of my classmates whose name is (name); he/she is the type of person who
always smile even in difficult situations…
4 WRITING
a. Write a paragraph describing yourself using relative clauses.
b. Write one sentence for each relative pronoun from the chart below.
what – when – who – that – which – whose - where
1. ____________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________
The woman
3. ____________________________________________ that I like
doesn´t care
4. ____________________________________________ about Me
5. ____________________________________________
6. ____________________________________________
7. ____________________________________________

English A2 Waystage
Lesson 2: Replacing subjects and objects

Can do: Specify that the subject is doing something by or to itself
Vocabulary: Sports
Grammar: Reflexive pronouns
1 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the sport vocabulary and phrases from the chart.
1. umpire 2. coach 3. amateur 4. memorabilia 5. personal best
6. referee 7. commentator 8. trophy 9. spectator 10. team
11. bleachers 12. league 13. match 14. competition 15. championship
16. scoreboard 17. halftime 18. athlete 19. to cheer on 20. to drop out
21. to tie a match 22. to blow the 23. to warm up 24. to break a record
competition away

Unit IX - Lesson 2: Replacing subjects and objects
b. Listen to a person talking about himself. Circle the correct answer for each question.
3. Who got married again?
1. Who does the speaker live with?
a) The speaker’s wife
a) The speaker lives alone
b)The speaker himself
b) the speaker lives with his wife
4. What does not the speaker miss?
2. Who told the man to slow down?
b) the speaker’s doctor b) The speaker’s busy life
c. Listen to four conversations. Choose the best answer for each question.
Conversation question answer

a. She watches a video
1 What does the man suggest?
b. She learns yoga herself
a. Downtown
2 Where is the apartment located?
b. Near the beach
What does the woman say about the a. She outdid herself
3
cookies? b. She made them herself
a. Pay for itself
4 What can the watch do?
b. Recharge itself
2 READING
a. Read and listen to the text. Then, answer the questions below.
Ruben believes in himself
Let me introduce myself. I’m Ruben and I think it is very important

to believe in yourself. I believe in myself and I think everyone
should believe in themselves. If people believed in themselves,
they would become successful people.
The road to success is long, we shouldn’t feel sorry for ourselves.

We should teach ourselves to be patient.
I have taught myself to be very patient and I’m proud of myself for being able to do this.
My sister is very successful. She works for herself. She has taught herself how to be a good teacher.
She believes everyone should look at themselves in a mirror and say “I’m proud of myself”. She also
thinks you should take care of yourself and not blaming for things that are not your fault. She says
that if you take into account all these pieces of advice, you will surely be on the road to a positive
outlook of yourself.

English A2 Waystage
1. Ruben thinks that we should love ourselves. ___

2. According to Ruben, the first step to success is walking with yourself. ___
3. Ruben considers his sister successful because she works for hersef. ___
4. Ruben’s sister thinks we should always blame yourself for the things you are doing. ___
5. The teaching of the text is “if you love yourself you can achieve everything”. ___
Look at the example sentences with Reflexive pronouns.

I believe in myself.
She works for herself.
If we believe in ourselves. Reflexive pronouns
3 SPEAKING/WRITING
a. Work in pairs. Fill in the blanks using reflexive pronouns. Then, practice these conversations.
1. A: What’s wrong with your finger? Did you cut _____?
B: Yeah I accidentally cut _____ with a knife.
A: Oh, where you making dinner?
2. A: My father hurt ______ at the gym.
B: That’s too bad. Was he lifting weights?
A: Yeah. A lot of people hurt ________ on weight machines, I guess.
3. A: Hey, where did you get that black eye?
B: Oh, my mom and I had a car accident. But she’s OK.
A: Well, that’s good. Uh, so who drove?
B: I did. I crashed ________ with a tree.
4. A: My sister was hiking by _______ last weekend, and she broke her ankle. She was in
the middle of nowhere.
B: Oh, no! So, how did she get help? I mean, was anyone else hiking on the trail.

Unit IX - Lesson 2: Replacing subjects and objects
b. Complete the statements below with information about yourself. Then, interview a classmate
and complete the format below.
ABOUT YOURSELF
I’m hard on myself when… I always push myself to…
I’m proud of myself because… I always have to remind
I don’t behave myself when… I taught myself…
Once I cut myself… I always tell myself…
In the future I imagine myself… I don’t see myself
ABOUT MY CLASSMATE
___ is hard on ______ when… ___ always pushes ________ to…

___ is proud of _____ because… ___ always has to remind ________ to…
___ doesn’t behave ________when… ___ taught ________…
Once ___ cut _______… ___ always tells ________…
In the future ___ imagines ______… ___ doesn’t see ________…
4 WRITING
a. Write a paragraph about something that happened to you at school, work or on vacations.

English A2 Waystage
REVIEW
a. Read and listen to the text. Choose the correct answer in the following statements below.
A VERY LONG LIFE
Timothy the tortoise was about 160 years old when he died at his
home near Exeter in November 2005. Timothy was thought to be the
oldest resident in Britain at the time. He was found by a British naval
officer, Captain John Courtenay Everard, on a Portuguese ship in 1854.
Everard, who was a relative of the Earl of Devon, adopted him and he
became the mascot on a succession of British ships for nearly forty
years. In 1892 he arrived to Powderham Castle, which is the historic
home of the Earls of Devon, and in 1935 he was given a permanent
home in the castle’s rose garden. Throughout his long life, Timothy
showed a keen instinct for survival. During the second world war, for
example, he felt the vibrations from the bombs that the Germans were dropping on Exeter and
made his own air-raid shelter under some steps. He was also very healthy, never needing to see
a vet until the last year of his life. At the time of his death, Timothy was owned by Lady Gabrielle
Courtenay, who is the aunt of the current Earl of Devon. Lady Devon also lives at Powderham,
where Timothy was given a family funeral and was buried in the grounds of the castle.
1. Timothy… 3. Where did Timothy spend most of his time?

a. was born in the nineteen hundred. a. In the garden.
b. died in the twentieth century. b. In a ship.
c. was found on board a British ship. c. Under some steps.
d. was found by a relative of the Earl of d. On the terrace.
Devon.
4. Timothy…
2. When did Timothy arrive to Powderham a. was ill for many years before he died.
Castle? b. belonged to the Earl of Devon’s aunt.
a. Until 1892. c. didn’t notice the bombs during the war.
b. For more than 100 years. d. didn’t have a funeral.
c. From 1854 to 2005.
d. In the eighteenth century.
2. Writing/Speaking
Write and talk about something that you have learned. Make sure to include relative clauses.
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________

Unit X - Lesson 1: Talking about real situations
In this unit, you will learn how to use zero conditional to make statements
UNIT X: about the real world or general truth; first conditional to express future real
situations and 2nd conditional to talk about unreal situations, and passive
voice (Simple Present and Simple Past) to show interest in the person or object
that experiences an action.
Lesson 1: Talking about real situations

Can do: Talk about the real world or general truths; Talk about possible events and situations
in the future
Vocabulary: Holidays
Grammar: Zero and 1st conditionals
1 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the words and phrases related to holidays.
1. water park 2. seaside resort 3. excursions 4. travel guide 5. vacation resort
6. binoculars 7. tourists 8. sunglasses 9. backpack 10. luggage/

baggage
11. passport 12. sunscreen 13. have fun 14. take photos 15. buy souvenirs
16. stay at a campsite 17. go abroad 18. go sightseeing 19. go surfing 20. go hiking
21. book a (hotel/ 22. sunbathe on 23. go by car 24. rent a (bike/
hostel/room) the beach vehicle)

English A2 Waystage
b. Listen to the five airport announcements. Match the speaker with the place the plane is going to.
Speaker A: The plane is going to ___ a) Amsterdam

Speaker B: The plane is going to ___ b) Tokyo
Speaker C: The plane is going to ___ c) New York
Speaker D: The plane is going to ___ d) Rome
Speaker E: The plane is going to ___ e) Athens
c. Listen to the story about Henry’s uncle and aunt. Why was their holiday a disaster?
d. Listen again. Correct the wrong information
1. Henry went to Jaco beach. His uncle and aunt went to Jaco beach.
2. They’re about sixty.
3. They wanted an exciting holiday.
4. They knew it was a party Island.
5. They first went there in the 1950’s.
6. The booked the holiday at a travel agency.
7. They’re going to go abroad again next year.
e. Listen to a conversation about a soccer game. Choose the best answer for each statement.
1. Tina is planning to play soccer on ____
a) Friday b) Saturday c) Sunday
2. What time is the match?
a) 2 p.m. b) 3 p.m. c) 10 a.m
3. Which place if not mention in the conversation?
a) Rec field b) Old Trafford c) East Side
4. What type of transportation mean does the company
have?
a) a bus b) a van c) a pickup truck
5. What does Tina’s husband need?
a) a coach b) a mechanic c) a babysitter
f. Listen to four conversations. Circle the correct answer for each question.
1. What happens in winter? 3. Who does he teach?

a) she’s busy b) she’s not busy a) business people b) kids
2. What do they talk about? 4. When does she get tips?

a) when and where to ski b) What to wear a) When it is busy b) when there is a big
and how to ski order

2 READING/LISTENING
a. Read and listen to the articles below. Then, answer the questions.
What does your face reveal about you?
How can you tell when someone is lying? Certainly words are important,
but our faces communicate more than we think. As the expert Michio
Kushi said, “The face just doesn’t lie.”
Some things are obvious: when we smile we are happy, and we frown
when we are angry. When someone like us, they look at us in the eyes
and show interest. But how can you tell if someone is lying?
The key is eye contact. When someone talks to you, do they look directly at you or look away? If a
person maintains eye contact when they meet us, we think that they are confident and honest. If a
person does not make much eye contact, this can mean that they don’t like us or that they are nervous
or shy. And above all, it can mean that they aren’t being truthful. Most people can’t keep eye contact
when they are lying. So, watch out!
Unknown words
airproof = to protect from the injurious sction of air.
tax = a compulsory contribution to state revenue, levied by the government on workers’
income and business profits.
SEE YOU NEXT VACATION
Berlin is a young girl who spent three years working in Montreal,
Canada. Now, she is working in Mexico again. Some friends ask her
to talk about differences between Mexico and Canada because
they want to go to Canada in winter.
Berlin says that one of the main differences between them is the
weather; in Mexico we don’t have an extreme cold in winter, while
in Canada it gets around -20 Celsius degrees. People in Canada
are used to it, because houses, stores, restaurants and more places have heating. If people want to
go out, they will wear proper clothes for the cold. They will wear thick jackets, special boots over the
shoes, winter hats and scarfs.
If you go to the bus stop, you will find airproof glass that
protects people from the snow. Buses are always on
time. If you take a taxi, you will pay more money and you
need to call it before. If you want to use your car, you
will need to plug it to the electricity because the oil and
the water of the car are frozen. Although, it is very cold,
you will find that stores and restaurants are open if you
go to malls or downtown. If you want to buy something
in a store, you will pay beside the price the tax, it is 15%
of the price.

English A2 Waystage
You will pay $25 for each person if you want to have dinner
in an average restaurant. Along with the bill, you have to tip
with 15% of the bill. If you want to buy fruits and vegetables,
you will pay a lot, because they aren’t produced in Canada,
for example, a pound of apples (two or three ones) is $5 plus
15% of tax. It is more than $2 for an apple, and it’s the same
for other fruits or vegetables: bananas, avocados, lettuce, or
mangos.
In Mexico, if people have holidays, they will go to the beach.
Likewise, you will have fun if you go to Canada, because you
can go skiing in the mountains or ice-skating in some places
in the city. If you take a trip through the woods with sled dogs, you will see amazing winter
landscapes. It’s an unforgettable experience.
1. What do you think about the first article? Do you think it is true that the person said about
what your face reveal about you?
2. Can you describe how vacations are in your country?
Look at the example sentences related to zero and first conditionals.
If a person maintains eye contact when they meet us, we think that they are confident and honest.
If people want to go out, they will wear proper clothes for the cold.
You will pay $25 for each person if you want to have dinner in an average restaurant.
Zero and 1st conditionals

3 SPEAKING Go to grammar appendix on page 182
a. Work in pairs. Take turns to make true sentences about yourself using the given example.
e.g. If I pass my exams, …

If I pass my exams, I’ll go to the university.
If I go to the university, I’ll be a good professional.
If I am a good professional, I’ll contribute to the progress of my country…
1. If I have time this weekend, …

2. If I make a lot of money, …
3. If I eat a lot of junk food, …
4. If I learn to speak English, …
5. If I don’t practice a lot of English, …
6. If I don’t have breakfast tomorrow, …
7. I won’t be glad if my teacher…

b. Work in pairs. Answer the following questions about your holidays.
1. Where did you go on holidays last year?

2. Who did you go with?
3. What kind of accommodation did you stay in?
4. Where did you buy food?
5. What was your favorite moment of the holiday?
c. Work in pairs. Play in the roulette. Student A starts on the right side and Student B starts on
the left side. Each students complete sentence orally with the zero conditional.
anxious.
You y.
You’re
hap
Yo u’
’re
re
p
Yo
ex
u
c
Yo
’re
ite
’re u
d.
sa
an
It ge
gr
d.
y.
ts h
ot. you
eone .
Som
What do ks
than
It gets cold. you do

you. gi-
.
if /when…? ze s t o
apol
o
k
dar
o n e
ome
ts
S
e p.
It g
u
sa f
t
is d o
ge
or
d.
lat g.
u
ur ien
f
in
Yo
e
.
greet ne
s you
You meth
yo fr
It rains.
s
A
e
Some
r
so
a

English A2 Waystage
d. Find someone who…Add three more questions on the chart.
Additional
Classmate’s name
information
1. Will you take a bus if you don’t have money for a taxi?
2. Will you save money if you earn some?
3. Will you buy a house if you get married?
4. Will you go out with friends if the weather is nice?
5. Will you buy popcorn if you go to the cinema?
6. Will you continue studying if you fail the English exam?
7. Will you call someone if he/she likes you?
8.
9.
10.
4 WRITING
a. Look at the travel advertisement on holidays. Write a similar ad on a piece of paper and share
it with your classmates.
Ometepe Island
Lakes, hiking, waterfalls, beaches and more.

An epic adventure in the paradisiacal island and
outstanding things to do.
Do you want to have a memorable holidays and you don’t know

where?
Do you want to travel to an amazing place?
Come to Ometepe Island a paradisiacal place
In which you can have fun all the time with family or friends.
If you want to have fun, you will come to Ometepe and visit many
places such as Ojo de agua, Charco verde,
petroglyphs places, Concepcion and Madera volcanoes, Punta Jesus
Maria, and Istian River.

Unit X - Lesson 2: Talking about unreal situations
Lesson 2: Talking about unreal situations
Can do: Talk about imaginary, hypothetical or unlikely situations
Vocabulary: Money
Grammar: Second conditional
1 READING
a. Read and listen to the text. Then choose the correct answer for each questions below.
If I won the Lottery
I can imagine what my life would be like if I won the lottery. Wow!
I could do so many things, and my life would be so different. I
would love the chance to change my life with the money. The
first thing I would do is buy a big, new house. I live in a small
apartment, and I have always dreamed of living in a big house in
the country. With all that money, I could buy anything I wanted. I
don't have a car right now, so I would buy a new car. Or, I might
even buy a new motorcycle. I like motorcycles, and I can imagine
myself driving down the highway with the wind in my hair.
Of course, if I won the lottery, I should give some of the money
to charity. I would probably give my money to a charity that
helps sick children. Also, if any of my friends needed anything,
I could help them pay for it. I know many people that have
student loans, and I could help them pay the loans back. That
would make them very happy. Plus, if I won a lot of money, I
would certainly save some of it in the bank.
Also, I think that if I won a huge amount of money, I would set up
a business. I love to cook, and I have always wanted to open a
restaurant. With all that money I could open a fancy restaurant.
However, I know one thing I would not do is travel. I have a

friend who won $100, 000 in the lottery three years ago. She
took the money and travelled for three months. I think she is
crazy. Travelling is nice, but then she had nothing left after her
vacation.
I think, however, that the only problem with dreaming about the money I could win is that I have
never even played the lottery before. As they say: “You can't win if you don't play.”

English A2 Waystage
1. What would the person not buy if he won the lottery?

a) house c) car
b) motorcycle d) apartment
2. What would the person not do if he won the lottery?

a) Give money to charity c) save money
b) pay off student loans d) give money to friends
3. Why would he open a restaurant?

a) He likes to cook c) he likes fancy restaurants
b) he is a great cook d) They are a good investment
4. Why would he not travel?
a) He’d be left with no money when he finished c) his friend didn’t have fun travelling
b) it is too expensive d) he has travelled a lot before
5. Do you think he will win the lottery?

a) Maybe. It depends on his luck c) No. He didn’t buy a ticket
b) No. It’s too difficult with only a few tickets d) yes! He is lucky
Look at the example sentences related to 2nd conditional.
If I won the lottery, I could do so many things.
If I won the lottery, I would probably give my money to a charity that helps sick children.
Unknown words
Moneylender = a person who job is to lend money to people in return for payment.
2nd conditional

2 LISTENING
a. Listen and repeat the words and verbs related to money.
1. ATM 2. fund 3. bill 4. cash 5. coin 6. currency
7. debt 8. pawnbroker 9. transaction 10. checkbook 11. credit card 12. debit card
13. budget 14. loan 15. mortgage 16. retirement 17. salary 18. savings
pension account
19. to save 20. to own 21. to withdraw 22. to invest 23. to be 24. to pawn
bankrupt
25. to deposit 26. to run into debt
b. Listen to Beyonce extract song If I were a boy. Fill in the blanks with the correct words.
If I were a boy Cause I know how it hurts
Even just for a __________ When you lose the one you wanted
I'd roll outta bed in the morning Cause he's taken you for granted
And ___________ on what I wanted and go And ____________ you had got destroyed
Drink beer with the guys
And chase after ___________ If I were a boy
I'd kick it with who I wanted I would turn off my ____________
And I'd never get confronted for it Tell everyone it's broken
Cause they'd ___________ up for me So they'd think that I was sleepin' alone
If I were a boy I'd put _____________ first
I think I could __________ And make the rules as I go
How it feels to love a girl Cause I'd know that she'd be _____________
I swear I'd be a better man Waitin' for me to come home
I'd ____________ to her To come home…

English A2 Waystage
c. Listen to what four people say if they are good at saving money. Choose the best answer for
each question.
1. Why is Anita bad at saving money? 3. What is Jeanie at?
a) She gives money to her friends a) She is good at spending money
b) She buys a lot of things b) She is good at saving money
2. What does Martin think about saving 4. When does Mark spend a lot of money?
money? a) Two days after getting paid
a) He doesn't want to do it b) When he gets paid
b) He has to learn to do it
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Take turns to answer the questions below.
1. What would I do if I were the president of the country?

2. What would I do if I could go back in any part of the history?
3. What would I ask for if I had three wishes?
4. What would I do if I could become invisible for a day?
5. What powers would I like to have if I were a super hero?
b. What if…
1. If you could be an animal, what animal

would you be?
2. If you only had 24 hours to live, what
would you do?
3. If your smartphone fell into the toilet,
what would you do?
4. If you could be invisible for a day what
would you do and why?
5. If you had to commit any crime, what would you do?
6. If there was a time machine and you could travel back in time, where and when would you
go and why?
7. If you could be another man or woman for a day, who would you choose?
8. If you could change one thing about your country, what would it be?
9. If you could erase any moment in your life, which moment would it be and why?
10. If you were experiencing a harsh moment in life, who would you go for help and why?

4 WRITING
a. Imagine you just won $1000,000 and that you must spend all the money in less than one week.
Also you cannot buy any item worth more than $300,000. Write a short paragraph to describe
how you will spend it. Give reasons.

English A2 Waystage
Lesson 3: Formal reporting
Can do: Show interest in the person or object that experiences an action
Vocabulary: Verbs (participle)

Grammar: Passive voice (Simple present and Past simple)
1 LISTENING
a. Listen to the statements and complete them with passive Simple present or Simple past.
1. The buildings ________ ________ every summer.

2. Employees ________ ________ on Friday.
3. John ________ ________ by the news.
4. The car ________ ________ by a mechanic.
5. The teachers ________ ________ with enough support.
6. The results _________ _________ until the next day.
7. Vanessa _________ _________ by what her boyfriend said.
8. Everyone _________ _________ about the project.
9. The subject _________ _________ at the meeting.
10. The books _________ never _________.
b. Look at the list of regular and irregular verbs on appendix page 215. Listen and repeat the
pronunciation of past participle column.
c. Listen to the Beatle’s extract song “All you need is love”. Complete the missing words.
Love, love, love
Love, love, love
Love, love, love
There's nothing you can do that can't ____ ______
Nothing you can sing that can't _____ ______
Nothing you can say, but you can learn how to play the game
It's easy
Nothing you can make that can't ___ ____
No one you can save that can't ___ _____
Nothing you can do, but you can learn how to be you in time
It's easy
All you need is love …
Love is all you need
There's nothing you can know that ____ _____
Nothing you can see that ____ _______
There's nowhere you can be that _____where you're ______ to be
It's easy

Unit X - Lesson 3: Formal reporting
d. Listen to Jassira’s mom is in China for work. Answer the following questions.
1. Where is Jassira’s mom?

2. Does Jassira’s mom get up the mountains?
3. What else Jassira’s mom has seen?
4. Where is Jassira’s mom going tomorrow?
2 READING
a. Read and listen to the text about ancient robots. Choose the correct answer for each statement
below.
Ancient robots
What do you think of when you read the word ‘robot’? Many people
think about big machines in car factories or futuristic monsters in films.
Few of us think about the past. But people were building incredible
machines with human abilities hundreds of years ago!
For example, Egyptian texts from 1100 BC mention moving statues

which ‘chose’ the next king. None of these statues exists, but probably they were built using
the ancient Egyptians’ mechanical technology.
Another ancient robot was a big robotic arm called “The Claw”. The
ancient Greek writer Polybius wrote about it in 213 BC. It was built
during a war with the Romans, and it hung over the city wall towards
the sea. When a Roman ship came close, the arm picked up the front
of the ship and lifted it into the air. Then the boat fell backwards into
the sea and sank. Again, we don’t know if the machine was really built,
but it was possible with Ancient Greek technology.
Another ancient Greek inventor, Philon of Byzantium, built a female

robot at about the same time. If someone placed a cup in her hand, it
mixed water and wine to make a drink. But the robot wasn’t popular
because people didn’t need robots to work. They had lots of slaves.
The famous artist Leonardo da Vinci loved designing robots. Few of his ideas were built, but his
plans are very detailed. One modern-day robot engineer, Mark Rosheim, still uses them to get
ideas when designing robots for NASA! One of da Vinci’s robots was a lion. He built it for the
king of France in 1515. It could walk and present flowers! In 2009, engineers used the plans to
build it again. It worked perfectly.
After that, more and more mechanical robots were built. They did more and more difficult tasks,
such as playing the flute, writing and drawing a picture. Although modern technology has moved
on, these historical robots still amaze people today.

English A2 Waystage
1. People used _____ against their enemy.

a) Ancient Egyptian statues b) The claw c) Philon of Byzantium’s robot d) Mark Rosheim’s
robots e) Leonardo Da Vinci’s lion f) None of these robots
2. Some people built _____ again recently.

3. ____ use(s) ideas from hundreds of years ago.

4. ____ could make drinks for people.

5. People didn’t need ___ because they had forced workers.

6. ____ could play a musical instrument.

7. ____ was/were made as a gift for an important person.

8. We don’t know if ____ and ____ were built.

9. People used ____ when they needed a new king.

Passive voice with Simple present and Past simple

Look at the example sentences related to Passive voice with Simple present and Past simple.
His plans are detailed.
It was built during a war with the Romans.

Unit X - Lesson 3: Formal reporting
3 SPEAKING
a. Work in pairs. Answer the following questions.
1. Were you given many presents last year?

2. How was your city changed last year?
3. What housework was done by you yesterday?
4. What awards or certificates were you given in the past?
5. What food was eaten by you yesterday?
6. How was New Year celebrated in your family last year?
7. Were you told any secret by someone?
8. Were you invited to a party last month?
9. Which movies were most watched by you last year?
10. Were you often punished by your parents?
b. Ask the following statements to your classmates.
Name three…
1. Books that were made into films

2. Things that were invented in the last 25 years
3. Apps that are installed on your cellphone
4. Sports that are played in teams
5. Things that cannot be done alone
6. Animals that are found in Africa
7. Things that are produced in your country
8. Dialects that are spoken in Nicaragua
9. National dishes that are eaten in your country
10. Things that are made of leather
Unknown words
rip off = cheat something/someone
drop = to fall or to allow something to fall.

English A2 Waystage
4 WRITING
a. Read the beginning of the story. Continue writing the story with a good ending. Remember
using passive with Simple Present and Past Simple.
The tornado
Last month, Ingrid’s house was destroyed by a tornado. The roof was ripped off during the storm.
The car was picked up by strong winds and dropped 4 kilometers from the house.
Unknown words
vast swathes = large area of land.
lakeside = Is the area of land around the edge of a lake.
smattering = a small amount of something.
cheery = happy and optimistic.
azure = bright blue in color like a cloudless sky.
lush = very rich and providing great sensory pleasure.
rum-soaked = type of dessert.
stroll round = walk slowly and leisurely around some

Unit X - REVIEW
REVIEW
Read and listen to a travel guide about Nicaragua. Mark True or False for the statements below.
Nicaragua may be the largest nation in Central America. Despite recent
economical growth, it remains one of the least visited. Still, many travellers
who spend any time here find that Nicaragua’s extraordinary landscape of
volcanoes, lakes, mountains and vast swathes of rainforest helps make it
their favorite country on the isthmus.
Where to go in Nicaragua
Every visitor passes through the capital, Managua, if only to catch a bus
straight out. While the city has an intriguing atmosphere and a few sights, it’s
hard work, and many quickly head for Granada.
Granada with its lakeside setting and wonderful colonial architecture.
A smattering of beaches along the Pacific coast, notably cheery San Juan del Sur, continues to attract
the surfing and backpacking crowds.
The beautiful Corn Islands, just off the coast of Bluefields, and the azure Caribbean Sea.
Culture and the arts are very much alive in Nicaragua, too; visit Masaya’s National Handicraft Market
to find some fantastic-value high-quality crafts.
Staying on the Solentiname archipelago and learn about the primitive painting traditions that have
flourished there.
León is often considered the country’s cultural capital – look for the famous murals depicting
Nicaragua’s turbulent political history.
Ecotourism, volcano-viewing and hiking are the attractions of the Ometepe Island, with its thrilling twin
peaks rising out of the freshwater lake.
Further east, up the lush Río San Juan, sits El Castillo, a small town with a great fortress.
In the central region, where much of the country’s export-grade coffee is grown, the climate is
refreshingly cool; hiking and birdwatching are the main activities near the mountain town of Matagalpa.
More than anything, the pleasures and rewards of travelling in Nicaragua come from interacting with
its inhabitants – who tend to be engagingly witty and very hospitable. This is a country where a bus
journey can turn into a conversational epic and a light meal into a rum-soaked carnival, a stroll round
the street can be interrupted by a costumed giant and a marching band.
1. Nicaragua is the smallest nation in the Central America isthmus. ___
2. Travellers make Nicaragua their favorite country in the isthmus. ___
3. San Juan del Sur attracts travellers with surfing and backpacking. ___
4. If you visit Masaya, you can find a handicraft market to find food. ___
5. Volcano viewing and hiking are the attractions in Ometepe Island. ___
2. Speaking
Talk about a touristic place you have visited and why you recommend your classmates to go
there.

English A2 Waystage
Let’s talk activities
U1L1 Which one is better/worse?
Student A + B
Ask student B/A about smartphone/tablet.
You can use these questions:
What size is your smartphone/tablet?
How wide is it?
How big is the screen? Smartphone Tablet
Smartphone Tablet
How much does it weight?
Look at the pictures of smartphone and tablet. Compare them.
U1L2 What’s the best one?
Student A + B
Look at the pictures of places below and compare.
Which one is the most expensive/touristic/interesting/amazing/furthest/best and why?
Ometepe Island San Juan del Sur Corn Island
U1L3 Interview
Work in pairs. Make a list of five pieces of advice to give to someone who is going to a job interview.
Include an adverb of manner in each one. Roleplay a job interview. Choose a job and follow the
questions.
e.g. Speak clearly during the interview. Student
A: You are the interviewer. Student B: You are the interviewee.
1. What qualifications do you have for this job?
2. Do you have any relevant experience?
3. What personal qualities do you have that make you a good candidate?
4. What skills do you think are important for this job?
5. Which language do you speak?
6. Why do you want this job?
7. Are you available for whatever shift?
8. Do you have any questions you want to ask?
Students change roles.

U2L1 Chain game
Play with the whole class. Make Countable and Uncountable sentences chain.
He/she drinks a He has a carton of I eat some beef in

glass of water. milk in the fridge. the lunch.
Procedure:
1. Make a circle.
2. The teacher starts the game saying the first sentence.
3. Student on the right repeat the teacher’s sentence and add another one.
4. Another student repeats both sentences and add his/her own sentence and so on.
5. Continue until students make an error. Then, start again with number 2 with a different
sentence and tense.
e.g.
T: I drink a glass of water.
S1: He/she drinks a glass of water; I have a carton of milk in the fridge.
S2: He/she drinks a glass of water; He/she has a carton of milk in the fridge., I eat some
beef in the lunch.
U2L2 Interview a partner
Go around the classroom asking questions to your classmates. If you need to know more information
you can ask.
Questions Classmate’s name More information
1. How much coffee/water/soda do you drink in a day?
2. How many vegetables do you eat in a week?
3. How much fish do you eat in a month?
4. How many packets of biscuits do you eat in a week?
5. How much meat do you have in the fridge?
6. How many fruits do you buy during the week?
7. How much juice do you drink in a day?
8. How many slides of pizza do you eat in a month?
9. How much chicken do you eat in a week?
10. How many bars of chocolate do you eat in a week?

English A2 Waystage
U3L1 Following instructions
Share about something you are good at. You have 3 minutes in front of the class to explain how to do
something that you know.
e.g. How to improve your speaking skill.
1. Speak, speak, speak.

2. Use a mirror.
3. Listen and read.
4. Record your voice.
5. Learn phrases, not single words.
6. Read out loud.
7. Practice English with a person who speaks very well.
8. Practice shadowing conversation.
U3L2 Describing pictures
Describe pictures taking into account ages, states, habits, occupations, places, clothes, and actions
using the Simple present and Present continuous tenses.
U4L1 Over the weekend
Work in pairs, choose 7 activities from the list below that you would like to do over the weekend. Walk
around the class making arrangements about the activities you choose. Remember to find a different
classmate for each activity.
e.g.
A: What are you doing on Saturday afternoon?
B: I’m visiting a temple. Would you like to come?
A: What are you doing for lunch on Sunday?
B: Nothing I’m free.
A: What are you going to do on Friday evening?
B: I’m busy. I’m going to meet with family members.

play a game of… work out at the gym

do homework do housework
play computer games meet friends/family members
relax at home go partying
go shopping at… study
go to a concert to see… play (a sport)
go to the park watch a movie at home
go to (a place) have breakfast/lunch/dinner at…
go to the cinema to watch go sightseeing
do the gardening surf the internet
Friday Saturday Sunday

morning
lunch
afternoon
LOVE FRIENDS FAMILY
dinner
evening
U4L2 Fortune telling

TRAVELING MONEY CAREER
Work in pairs. Student A is the fortune teller and Student B is the person who is going to be predicted.
Follow the example card given student B choose three or more categories and the fortune teller
predict.
LOVE FRIENDS FAMILY APPEARANCE FOOD
HEALTH
TRAVELING MONEY CAREER HOUSE HOBBY GADGETS
APPEARANCE
HEALTH FORTUNE FOOD
TELLER
Your classmate’s name: __________________________________
You can predict the future about ___________________________
★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★
HOUSE
I see you will ___________________________________
HOBBY GADGETS
next year.
I feel you won’t _________________________________ in 2028.
I’m sure you’re going to ________________________ next month.
I think you’re not going to ______________________ in 2023.
Maybe you will ____________________________ next week.
You’ll probably __________________________ tomorrow.

English A2 Waystage
U5L1 Find someone who…
Ask your classmates questions about their past. Ask question for more details.
Classmate’s name More information

was born at home?
didn’t like to play outside?
wasn’t good at music?
liked to play sports?
changed schools 2 or 3 times?
got into trouble a lot?
rode horses?
went to ometepe island?
learned something new?
sang in a karaoke?
U5L2 What were you doing when …
Look at the pictures and explain what the people were doing when the accident occured.

U6L1 Talking about experiences
Work in pairs. Talk about the different topics provided below with the questions. Add more information
for each topic.

English A2 Waystage
U6L2 Telling stories
Work in pairs. Look at the pictures. Student A tell a story about the image (story 1) in the correct order.
Then student B do the same with the image (story 2).
Story 1 Story 2
U7L1 Short speech with Gerunds and Infinitives
Work in pairs. Play with the roulette below. Student A starts on the right side and Student B starts on
the left side. Each student talks about every topic.
you would
Talk about
Tal
u out
ka
s u
Ta ou s bu
b
al an a
lk ho t c
y
l y
ab ul an
avo ctivit
ou d s ’t.
like (visit).
a country
id ( y yo
t s to
Ta w
lk or
do)
om p (
ab th
Re ou (w
.
et do)
ke com
t a atc
hi
film h).
pa epin mend
u
ng
nd g fi
th
em t d a w
at
is
ic. u a
Be ring y of
gin thi or (Visit
: Tr s ) mu disagree
y… seum .
is fun
ree . Ag
Tell the other members of
the group that there will be
not break in the lesson
Talk about… for you.
stopped (do) because it’s bad
today. Begin: I regret… Talk about something you
u
yo
ng
thi
me .
it).
t so (do) vis
er( ce
ou et mb t pla
).
ab regr
be ace
isit
e
ing ng
lk em rs
Ta
you
u r the fi
em t pl
once tried (learn) but gave

Talk about a language you
r(v
eth n a lo
yo
ad bout
rem firs
bo op (d rney.
r o
ab alk a
s o) o
ou he
T
Tal ally s ar jou
d y ut t
o m
roa bo
up.
c
t
ut
ab alk a
T
ka
usu

U7L2 Tell me about…
Work in pairs. Talk about abilities and possibilities with the topics below.
Tell me about something you are learning to do and that you hope you’ll soon be able to do well.
Tell me about something you can’t do.
Tell me about something you have tried to learn, but have never been able to do well.
Tell me about something you could learn to do after a lot of effort.
Tell me about something new that you would like to be able to do.
U8L1 Role plays
In pairs, role play different situations related to common illnesses.

e.g. S’A is the doctor S’B is the patient.
What’s the matter? I have …
Have you had anything … today? Ask the doctor what you should do
You should/shouldn’t… in order to feel better.
Ask him/her to come again…
Patient Patient Patient

Symptoms: pain, swelling Symptoms: sneezing, tiredness Symptoms: pain, feeling dizzy
Ailment: sprained ankle Ailment: flu Ailment: migraine
How: playing basketball Doctor How: bright lights
Doctor Doctor
Treatment: plenty of rest, lots
of fluids, keep warm Treatment: pain relief pills,
Treatment: ice, bandage, x-ray
plenty of rest
Patient Patient
Patient
Symptoms: red spot, swelling Symptoms: aches, tiredness
Symptoms: pain, tired
Ailment: insect bite Ailment: sore throat
Ailment: headache How: went on holiday where
Pharmacist there are mosquitos Pharmacist
Treatment: painkillers, drink Pharmacist Treatment: painkillers, plenty of
some water Treatment: medicated cream fluids, rest
Patient Patient Patient

Symptoms: pain, pus, red Symptoms: bleeding, pain Symptoms: sneezing, rash,
Ailment: infected piercing Ailment: deep cut watery eyes
How: forgot to clean the How: stepped on broken glass Ailment: allergy to cats
piercing Doctor Pharmacist
Doctor Treatment: remove the glass, Treatment: antihistamines, stay
Treatment: antibiotics bandage, painkillers away from cats

English A2 Waystage
U8L2 Obligations or rules
Work in groups. Talk about what obligations and rules are for the different places given below.
place must mustn’t have to don’t have to should

cinema
library
hospital
school
airport
U9L1 Talk for three minutes
Work in pairs. Talk about the following topics.
A restaurant where you can get fantastic food.

A person who you get on well with.
An object which is very important to you.
A dish which I loved when I was a child.
A person you admire.
Something which you carry with you everyday.
sel n you
Would you
by yourself
ge any o press
Ca
f in
but
n
a team?
o t
ex
the
E
rather wor
W yo er t
ngl ngua
or work on
do af
ha u he
r
ish
l
t k see le
Ca
n y by y
in y ss
yo
?
t
d ou on
ou our
u
of rs ?
ma sel
r
-
ke f ?
-
k
ac el
U9L2 Roulette game

ac
tiv f in
ak
ity
ea
ll
Work in pairs. Play with the class?

What job do you imagi- ners themselves well in
roulette. Student A starts on the ne yourself having Discuss Do you think your part-
right side and Student B starts someday?
on the left side. Each student t

tha y ?
elf u se
e
oto sta
talks about every topic. m o
ur elf t ? y o urs o yo the
in hat d ok in
yo
you e ourself ?
m-
is ours ood
t
xed
do? wha
t w u lo
do th kni t the
a ly m r
Wh tel ood
rr o yo
mi hen
ver fi
u g
you fe,
yo in
wi dy cu
W
y y
ing b
o
sel omeb
anyth
e
ves
a v
It s

U10L1 Boardgame
Work in groups. Roll the dice and answer a question from the board depending the number you get.
Start here 1 …If you meet a

2 …if you go out 4
What will you do famous soccer tonight?
3 …if it rains tonight?
player? MISS A TURN!
…
6
9 …if you speak 8 … if you are 7 … If you can’t sleep 5 … If you see lady
GO BACK 2 SPACES
English badly? sick tomorrow? tonight? Gaga?
10 … If you find 11 …If you break 14

12 … if your house 13 …if you see your
$100 on the your friend’s
catches fire? teacher in a police car? MOVE FORWARD 2
street? cellphone? SPACES
16
19 …if you have 18 …if you 17 … If you need a
15 …If you hit a cat
a headache get a lot of lot of money very MISS A TURN!
with your car?
tonight? homework? quickly?
20 … if you have 24
21 …If your
a conversation 22 …if you lose the
family forgets 23 …if your TV breaks? MOVE FORWARD 3
with a native keys to your house?
your birthday? SPACES
person?
26
25 …If you have an
28 …if you win 27 …If your frigde is
FINISH GO BACK 2 SPACES important exam in
the lottery? empty?
two days time?
U10L2 Conversation questions
Work in pairs. Student A and B take turns asking and answering the questions below.
STUDENT A
1. What would you do, if you could change sex for a day.
2. If you didn't have enough money to get the bus home what would you do?
3. If you could be another person for a day, who would you be?
4. If you could solve the problem of hunger in the third world or repair the ozone, which would you do?
5. If you could be invisible for a day what would you do and why?
6. If you could be famous what would you like to be famous for?
7. If you could hear what someone is thinking for a day, who would you choose?
8. If you could date a celebrity, who would you choose?
9. If you worked for a store and you saw another employee steal something, would you tell the manager?

English A2 Waystage
STUDENT B
1. If you could commit any crime and get away with it, what would you do?
2. If you won 5 million Euros, what would you do?
3. If you had a time machine, where would you go?
4. If you had the chance, what would you like to be?
5. If you had the power to turn your worst enemy into an insect, what insect would it be?
6. If you were stranded on a deserted island, what would you miss the most?
7. If you saw another student cheating in a test, what would you do?
8. If you found a wallet on the ground, what would you do?
9. If you were the Minister of the Environment, how would you spend your country’s money?
U10L3 Passive speaking card
Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions below using passive voice.
Which films
were most wat-
ched by people?

Grammar appendix
Grammar appendix
UNIT I
Table 1. Comparative and Superlative
COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE

We use comparative adjectives to compare two We use superlative adjectives to compare more
people, animals or things. than two people, animals or things
*New York is bigger than Madrid * Brazil is the largest country in South America
*Sally is more beautiful than Pat * Money isn't the most important thing in life
FORM
* (ONE SYLLABLE): * (TWO or MORE SYLLABLES)
COMPARATIVE - Adjective + -er + than - John is COMPARATIVE - More + adjective + than - Mary
taller than Charles is more intelligent than Jane
SUPERLATIVE - the + adjective + -est - John is the SUPERLATIVE - the most + adjective - Mary is
tallest boy in the class the most intelligent girl in the class
SPELLING Irregular adjectives.

*Adjectives of one syllable that end in -e: add -r / -st Irregular Comparative Superlative
large - larger - the largest Adjective Form Form
nice - nicer - the nicest good best
better
bad worst
* Adjectives that end in a vowel + consonants -t, -d, worse
far farthest
-g, -m, -n : double the consonant and add -er/-est farther
little least
fat - fatter - the fattest less
many most
slim – slimmer - the slimmest more
big - bigger - the biggest
* Adjectives of two syllables that end in -y: change • My mother's cooking is worse than your
the -y to an -i and add -er / -est mother's cooking.
busy – busier - the busiest • Of all the students in the class, Max is the
easy – easier - the easiest worst.
early - earlier – the earliest Less and least are used to talk about inequality
by focusing on the ‘lower’ end of the cycle.
*Long words (2 / 3 / 4 syllables): add more / the
most Less is the comparative form. It is followed by
modern - more modern - the most modern than. Least is the superlative form.
beautiful - more beautiful - the most beautiful • My computer course was less difficult than
my psychology course.
expensive - more expensive - the most expensive
• I ordered the least spicy dish.
• Quails are less colorful than pheasants.

English A2 Waystage
I. Complete the chart using the correct form.
Adjective Comparative Superlative Adjective Comparative Superlative

Light (1) lighter the lightest important More important Most important
afraid interesting
amazed large
bad late
bitter low
bored narrow
boring nervous
brave nice
busy offended
carefully old
cheap orange
close political
complete simple
dangerous sleepy
dark small
difficult surprising
dirty surprised
early sweet
easy tall
enjoyable terrible
friendly tired
funny tiring
good upset
hard useful
heavy fun
honest useless
hot white
hungry wide

Grammar appendix
II. Fill in the gaps with the appropriate form of the adjective in brackets:
1. I was ………………………………………………...………. in this movie than in that one. (interested)

2. Going uphill was …………………………………………………………………. experience in my whole life! (tiring)
3. I really need to get a ………………………………………………………. computer. I can’t afford that one. (cheap)
This exercise is ………………………………………………………… than the one before. (easy)
4. I’m going to tell you ………………………………………………………. joke I’ve ever heard! (funny)
5. It’s …………………………………………………... today than yesterday, don’t you think? (cold)
6. 7. This book is the ………………………………………………………. I’ve ever read! (enjoyable)
7. Ms. Thomas’s English class is the …………………………………………………………… class I’ve ever had! (fun)
III. Rewrite the following sentences by using “less” or “least” without changing the meaning.
1. The mango is sweeter than the apple. ________________________________________

2. Iron is more useful than copper. _____________________________________________
3. Gold is more precious than silver. ____________________________________________
4. This is the most useless of my gadgets. _______________________________________
5. Platinum is one of the rarest minerals. _________________________________________
6. The wild-apple is the sourest of all fruits. _______________________________________
7. You are uglier than the baby. ________________________________________________
8. I have more energy than I used to have. _______________________________________
Table 2. Adverbs of Manner
ADVERBS OF MANNER
Adverbs describe verbs and modify adjectives Adverbs can also modify phrases, clauses, and
and other adverbs. Adverbs, unlike adjectives, sentences.
do not modify nouns. Adverbs answer one of the following questions:
When? Where? Why? How? Under what
Example: conditions? and To what extent?
• The teacher had to speak loudly to be heard over the children. (Loudly modifies the verb speak.)
• The children were really bad during the movie. (Really modifies the adjective bad.)
• John approached the wounded dog very slowly. (Very modifies the adverb slowly.)
• Clearly, Sarah did not understand the directions. (Clearly modifies the sentence.)
• The box is still below the stairs. (Still modifies the phrase “below the stairs.”)
AN ADVERB OF MANNER ANSWERS THE QUESTION HOW?
Adverbs of manner include: badly, beautifully, better, bravely, cheerfully, fast, hard, quickly, slowly,
inadequately, healthy, well, etc.
Example:
• Sarah slowly walked over the rocky beach. (Slowly answers the question: How did Sarah walk?)

English A2 Waystage
1. Circle five adjectives: 2. Circle six adverbs: 3. Circle four words which are
both adjectives and adverbs
a. Slowly a. Carefully a. Bad
b. Polite b. Bad b. Good
c. Bad c. Likely c. Hard
d. Suddenly d. Good d. Sudden
e. Good e. Badly e. Fast
f. Friendly f. Dangerously f. Quickly
g. Hardly g. Hardly g. Well
h. Easily h. Easily h. Late
i. Sudden i. Friendly i. Friendly
j. Badly j. Slowly j. Hardly
IV. Complete the sentences below with a correct adverb of manner.

1. I got up _____________ (late) because I had nothing to do.
2. When you see the teacher, make sure you ask her ___________ (polite) if you can go home
early.
3. I think if I study ______________ (hard), I will pass the exam.
4. Robert ____________ (easy) passed the exam. He had no problems.
5. We were watching TV, when _______________ (sudden) we heard a terrible noise.
6. I did the exam ______________ (bad). I'm sure I failed.
7. You are driving too ___________ (fast). Please, slow down!
8. Rachel explained very ______________ (careful) what she was doing.
9. Mary was ________________ (complete) absorbed in her thoughts.
10. Elliott always argues ________________ (convincing).
11. Daniel ________________ (eventual) matured and quietened down.
12. Scott waited ______________ (patient) for his girlfriend to finish.
V. Choose the correct word in italics to complete the sentences below. Use adverbs of manner.
1. She was late so she had to dress quick / quicker / quickly.

2. The hero hit the crocodile hard / hardly / hardily on its nose, and escaped.
3. You play the piano beautiful / beautifully / beauty.
4. George stood up and walked slow /slowly /slower out of the room.
5. I did bad / badly / worse in my exams. I’m sure I will have to repeat a year.
6. They ran fast / fastily /fastly but they couldn’t catch the criminal.
7. He drives danger / dangerously / dangerous. One day he will have an accident.
8. She has painted her room really good / goodly / well. It looks brilliant!

Grammar appendix
UNIT II
Table 3. Countable and Uncountable nouns
COUNTABLE AND UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
COUNTABLE NOUNS UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

• Nouns you can count • Nouns you can´t count
• you can use a / an in front of countable • Normally, you can´t use a / an in front of
nouns. uncountable nouns
• Nouns that have a plural form. • Nouns that normally don´t have a plural
form
We can make uncountable nouns countable to express quantity. We add a unit or a quantity with “OF”
E.g. a bar of chocolate
HOW MUCH…? / HOW MANY…? QUANTIFIERS
• How much + uncountable noun A quantifier, as its name implies, expresses quantity.
E.g. How much ham? • Quantifiers can be a single word or a phrase and
are used with nouns.
• How many + countable noun
• They can be used with either a countable or an
E.g.: How many rashers and uncountable noun to express amount or quantity.
sausages
some + plural nouns or uncountable singular forms. ( has an affirmative meaning)

any + plural nouns or uncountable singular forms. ( is used with negative sentences and questions.
much + plural nouns
a lot of + uncountable or plural nouns( is more usual in affirmative sentences)
a little + singular uncountable nouns ( has a positive meaning)
a few + plurals ( has a positive meaning.)
no + zero quantity ( no = not any)
CONTAINERS
Mug Cup Glass Jug Jar Tin (U.K) – Tin can (U.S)
Can Bottle Packet Carton Liter Bag
Dozen Tube Spray can Spray bottle
Loaf Slice Bar Piece Tub Pack
Bunch Bowl Kilo Box Tray Roll
Six–pack Blister pack Package Basket

English A2 Waystage
I. Write the best CONTAINER word to complete the sentence.

1. We keep liquids, such as water or wine, in a _______________.
2. We keep jam in a _______________.
3. We keep food like beans or tuna in a _______________ and it is made of metal.
4. We can find sugar or sweetener in a small _______________.
5. We use a _______________ to pour drinks for other people.
6. We keep milk or juice in a _______________. It is made of cardboard.
7. A _______________ can come in different sizes. You need many of these when you move
house.
8. You can find cold drinks in a _______________. It is made of metal.
9. You squeeze a _______________ to get your toothpaste out.
10. You can find butter or ice cream in a _______________.
II. Make questions using how much or how many.

1. (eggs ) _________________________________________________?
2. (meat) _________________________________________________?
3. ( jam) _________________________________________________?
4. (water) _________________________________________________?
5. (flour) _________________________________________________?
6. (tea) _________________________________________________?
7. (oranges) _________________________________________________?
8. (oil) _________________________________________________?
III. Complete the statements using the correct quantifiers.

SOME OR ANY?
Kate: Do you have ____ brothers or sisters?
John: No, I don't, but I have ______ cousins that love me like a real brother!
Mark: Are there ____ cinemas in this city? I really want to go to the movies!
Lisa: No, there aren't. But I have _____ movies at home if you want!
Rachel: I have _____ cereal every morning, it is good for my health.
Derek: I hate cereal!
Mary: Do you have ______ idea of how to do this exercise?
Peter: No, I have no idea, but my mum gave ____ books to study, maybe the answer is there!
Amy: Can you give me _____ of your posters? You have a lot of them!
Claire: No, they are all mine. I can't give you _____ poster! But I can give you ____ old magazines
I have...
Amy: No, thanks. You are so selfish...

Grammar appendix
A LITTLE OR A FEW?
1. Julia ate ___ rice, she wasn't very hungry.

2. Mike ate ____ chips, he wasn't very hungry.
3. I have _____ cousins that speak French, the rest of them only speak English.
4. She found _____ cookies under her bed.
5. I need ______ water to feel better, that's all.
6. I want to save _____ money to buy a present for my mother.
7. Robert gave me ____ coins to buy a sweater, it is not enough!
8. Ashley needs ______ sugar for the cake!
9. My dad says that I have to learn ____ words in German, because we are going there for
holidays.
10. Peter saw _____ girls running across the field.
MUCH OR MANY?
1. There are ____ students who want to work in our school.

2. Claire has_____ brothers but only one sister.
3. I don't have _____ time, I can't wait for you.
4. Tom works _____ hours every day, that is why he is always tired.
5. Lisa doesn't drink _____ water when she eats.
6. They have _____ rooms in their house, it is very very big.
7. How _______ apples did you buy?
8. How ________ money do you have to buy the TV?
9. People don't write ______ letters nowadays, they use e-mails instead.
10. I think it is too _______ salt for my taste.

English A2 Waystage
UNIT III
Table 4. Imperative form
IMPERATIVE FORM
WE CAN USE THE IMPERATIVE FORM TO…
GIVE A DIRECT ORDER. GIVE INSTRUCTIONS.

• Take that chewing gum out of your • Open your book.
mouth.
• Take two tablets every evening.
• Stand up straight.
• Take a left and then a right.
• Give me the details.
MAKE AN INVITATION GIVE FRIENDLY INFORMAL ADVICE

• Come in and sit down. Make yourself at • Speak to him. Tell him how you feel.
home.
• Have a quiet word with her about it.
• Please start without me. I'll be there
shortly. • Don't go. Stay at home and rest up. Get
some sleep and recover.
• Have a piece of this cake. It's delicious.
TO MAKE A NEGATIVE IMPERATIVE, PUT WE CAN USE THE IMPERATIVE ON SIGNS

"DO NOT" OR "DON'T" BEFORE THE VERB: AND NOTICES.
• Don't go! • Push.

• Do not walk on the grass. • Do not use.
• Insert one dollar.
HERE ARE SOME COMMON USES:

1. Direct commands, requests, suggestions: Follow me. Shut the door (please). Don't worry!
2. Warnings: ¡Look out! There's a bus! Don't panic!
3. Directions: Take the 2nd turning on the left and then turn right.
4. Instructions: Use a moderate oven and bake for 20 minutes.
5. Prohibitions (in e.g. public notices): Keep off the grass! Do not feed the animals!
6. Advice (especially after always and never): Always answer when you're spoken to! Never
speak to strangers!
7. Invitations: Let´s have a dinner soon.
8. Offers: Help yourself. Have a biscuit.
9. Expressing rudeness: Shut up! Push off!

Grammar appendix
I. Put the words in the correct order to make imperative statements.

a. salt Pass me please the: Pass me the salt please. ____
b. question please Answer the: ______________________________ c. lunch Don’t your

forget:__________________________________ d. English Speak please in: _____________
_____________________ e. Wait please for me ___________________________________
f. nicely sister with Play your :_______________________________ g. your speak Don’t

mouth full with:__________________________
II. Complete the imperative sentences using the words in parentheses. Mind the positive or the
negative forms.
a. _______ upstairs. (to go) f. _______ during the lesson. (not/to talk)
b. _______ in this lake. (not/to swim) g. _______ the animals in the zoo. (not/to feed)
c. _______ your homework. (to do) h. _______ the instructions. (to read)
d. _______ football in the yard. (not/to play) i. _______ late for school. (not/to be)
e. _______ your teeth. (to brush) j. _______ your mobiles. (to switch off)
Table 5. Simple present vs Present continuous
SIMPLE PRESENT VS PRESENT CONTINUOUS
present simple:
I. Fill in the blanks with the verb in parentheses. II. present continuous: fill in the blanks with the
verb in parentheses.
a. Pam usually ____tennis on Sundays (play)
b. They _________near the park (not / live) a. What ________ they __________ (do) ?
c. What ______he _______(want) ? b. Look! It ________________ (snow)
d. Jim ___________his homework (not /do) c. They _______________to a story (listen)
e. Where ________you ________ (work) ? d. He _______________ on his coat (put)
f. My Mum __________in a school (teach) e. ______you __________as well (come)
g. Who ________to school by bus (come) ? f. We ___________a cartoon (not / watch)
h. Wilma often ___________me a lot (help) g. She ________________ very fast (swim)
i. Water ___________ at 100°C (boil) h. __________forward to seeing you (look)
j. What _______you ____ for a living (do) ? i. _____John _______in the yard (smoke)
?
j. You ____________carefully (not /listen)

English A2 Waystage
Present simple: Present continuous:
• Talks about routines e.g. 'I wake up at • Talks about things that are happening now
eight every morning'. or around now e.g. 'I am studying Spanish'.
• Describes things that are repeated or • Talks about plans and future arrangements
permanent e.g. 'I live with my boyfriend'. e.g. 'I am going to the cinema tonight'.
Remember:
Some verbs that are called state verbs are NEVER used with the present continuous. e.g. love,
like, know, need, want, hate, know etc.
What's the difference between the Present simple / Present continuous and how to use them?
• We use the present simple tense when we want to talk about fixed habits or routines (things
that don’t change).
• We use the present continuous to talk about actions which are happening at the present
moment, but will soon finish.
Compare these two statements:
(present simple) I play tennis.
(present continuous/ progressive) I am playing tennis.
(present simple) ‘I play tennis’ tells us that playing tennis is something the speaker always does. It
is part of a routine or habit. We can call this a permanent situation.
(present continuous/ progressive) ‘I am playing tennis’ tells us that the speaker is playing tennis
right now. Soon the game will be over. We call this a temporary situation.
With the present simple we say: With the present continuous we say:
I play tennis I am playing tennis
You play tennis You are playing tennis
We play tennis We are playing tennis
They play tennis They are playing Tennis
He/she/ it plays tennis. He/she/it is playing tennis
• With the present simple we use frequency adverbs

• Time Expressions we use with the Present Continuous: At the moment, these days,
nowadays, now.

Grammar appendix
UNIT IV
Table 6. Future Tense will and going to
Future Tense – “will” and “going to”
To speak about the future, you can use:
1. Will
2. Going + [infinitive verb]
Use “will” when you are volunteering to do something in the future, or when you are deciding at
the time of speaking to do something in the future.
= a decision is made to do an action in the future.

now The Future
Example:
now The Future
• Okay, if no one else will cook dinner, I will. (In this example, the phrase “will” is used because
the speaker is volunteering to cook dinner)
• Wow, the grass is getting tall. I think I will cut it tomorrow. (In this example, the phrase “will” is
used because the decision to cut the grass tomorrow is being made at the time of speaking.)
• Will you marry me? (In this example, the phrase “Will” is used because the decision to marry
is being made at the time of speaking.)
Use “going + [infinitive verb]” when you have already decided to do something in the future.
The Future
= a decision is made to do an action in the future.
A time now
in the
Example:
• Todd and I are going to eat at the new restaurant tonight. Do you want to come with us? (In this
example, the phrase “going to” is used because Todd and I have already decided to go to the
restaurant.)
• After work, James and Nicollet are going to watch a movie. (In this example, the phrase “going
to” is used because James and Nicollet have already decided to watch a movie after work.)

English A2 Waystage
I. Circle the correct future tense phrase in the following sentences.

1. I am feeling energetic. So, I think I (will / am going to) wash my car.
2. It has been decided that we (will / are going to) to climb Mount Everest next week.
3. Who wants to come with me to the movie tonight?
Oh that sounds fun. I (will / am going to) come with you.
4. We have already made plans for the vacation. We have decided that we (will / are going to)
visit Uncle Bill in Montana.
5. Tonight seems like a nice night to be outside. I think I (will / am going to) go for a walk after
dinner.
6. Have you thought about what you want to do after college?
Yes, I have decided that I (will / am going to) become an engineer.
7. I guess I (will / am going to) help you clean the kitchen if no one else will.
8. My car tires look low on air. I think I (will / am going to) fill them up at the next gas station.
9. The weather man said that it (will / is going to) rain tomorrow.
10. Okay, I have an idea. After we play the game, we (will / are going to) get some ice cream!
11. I think my dad said we (will / are going to) go to the beach this weekend.
12. If the bus (will not / is not going to) start, how will we get to school on time?
Table 7 Present continuous and Be going to for Future arrangements
PRESENT CONTINUOUS AND BE GOING TO FOR FUTURE ARRANGEMENTS
Be going to
1. Be going to is used for intentions. We use it for decisions that we made before the moment of
speaking.
I am going to clean the car and you can pack the suitcase. (I have decided how to do it.)
We are going to reconstruct our house. (We intend to do it in the near future.)
Present continuous for future
1. The present continuous is used for our future arrangements and personal plans. The time must
also be mentioned, otherwise the sentence would not have a future meaning.
I am watching TV tonight. (It's my definite plan.)

My sister is seeing the dentist tomorrow morning. (She has arranged the time and place.)
The continuous is more informal. It is the most usual way of expressing our personal plans.
I am leaving on Sunday. (I myself have arranged everything to leave on Sunday.)

Grammar appendix
I. Fill the gaps with the verbs in parentheses using either the Be Going To or the present
continuous.
1. Jack and I _____________ in London this Saturday. (meet up)

2. Sam _____________ around Thailand this autumn. (travel)
3. Jane _______________writing a blog soon. (start)
4. John _______________ in a concert this Saturday night. (play)
5. Maggie _______________ a year in South Korea teaching English. (spend)
6. Sue and Carlos _______________ solar panels for their house. (get)
7. Sinead _______________ her old school friends on Sunday. (meet)
8. I _______________ to the doctor´s on Thursday. (go)
9. Sorry. I can't go on Sunday. I _______________ my grannie then. (visit)
10. I _______________ a pendrive this afternoon. (buy)
11. We _______________ dinner with old friends tonight. (have)
12. Clive _______________smoking tomorrow. (stop)
II.Fill the gaps with the verbs in parentheses using either Be Going to or present continuous.
1. You must take an umbrella. It __________________________ (rain)

2. __________________________to the cinema tonight. I already have a ticket. (go)
3. Are you planning any summer holiday? - I don't know yet. Perhaps I _____________________
at home. (stay)
4. You look pretty tired. You should have a break. - OK. I __________________ a rest. (have)
5. Betty is going to driving lessons, because she __________________________a car. (buy)
6. I've just missed my train! - No problem. I __________________________ you there. (drive)
7. I can't eat anything today. I __________________________ an appointment at the hospital
tomorrow. (have)
8. The Sharks are much better! I'm sure they _________________ the Dolphins today! (beat)
9. What does your son want to do in future? - I hope he __________________________ a
dentist. (become)
10. Not at five o'clock. Look at the diary. We __________________________ Mr. Clark at three
o'clock. (meet)
11. Please, buy some eggs. I __________________________ a cake. (make)
12. My dad has already booked the holiday. We _______________________to France on July
2nd. (fly)

English A2 Waystage
UNIT V
Table 7. Past continuous and Past simple
PAST CONTINUOUS AND PAST SIMPLE
PAST SIMPLE AFFIRMATIVE

• My parents called me yesterday.
The past simple shows us that an action was
in the past, not in the present. • I woke up early this morning.
• Sam played basketball when he was at
Regular past simple verbs have -ed at the end university.
(e.g. called, played, arrived). NEGATIVE
Irregular verbs have a different form, usually • My parents didn't call me yesterday.
with a different vowel sound (e.g. wake → • I didn't wake up early this morning.
woke, break → broke, feel → felt). INTERROGATIVE
• Did you wake up early this morning?
• Did Sam play basketball when he was
at university?
PAST CONTINUOUS AND PAST SIMPLE
When we use these two tenses together, it shows us that the past simple action happened in the
middle of the past continuous action, while it was in progress.
• While I was studying, I suddenly felt sleepy.
We often use these tenses to show an action interrupting another action.
• I broke my leg when I was skiing.
• As I was going to work, I saw an old friend.
• We were watching television when the power went off.
Can you see a difference in the meaning of these two sentences?
• When the guests arrived, Jane was cooking dinner.
• When the guests arrived, Jane cooked dinner.
In the first one, Jane started cooking dinner before the guests arrived. We know that because it
uses the past continuous. In the second sentence, the guests arrived first and then Jane started
cooking.
When we have a sentence in past simple and another in past continuous we often use when and
while, but we have to take into consideration the following rules.

Grammar appendix
When is followed by a sentence in When I took the photo, the kids were playing.
When
past simple. The kids were playing when I took the photo.
While is followed by a sentence in past While I was having dinner, my father arrived.
continuous. My father arrived while I was having dinner.
While
While is also used when two actions While I was watching TV my mother was cooking.
are happening simultaneously. I was watching TV while my mother was cooking.
PAST CONTINUOUS
Table 8. Past continuous
I was watching the game

You were watching the game
He was watching the game
She was watching the game
It was watching the game
You were watching the game
We were watching the game
They were watching the game
The past continuous shows us that the action was already in progress at a certain time in the past.
• What were you doing at 8 p.m. last night? I was studying. (This means that I started studying
before 8 p.m. and I continued after 8 p.m.)
The past continuous can also show that an activity was in progress for some time, not just for a
moment.
• We were cleaning the house all morning.

We make the past continuous with was or were and the -ing form of the verb.
• She couldn't come to the party. She was working.

• Three years ago, we were living in my home town.
• I tried to give him some advice, but he wasn't listening.
• What were you doing this time last year?

English A2 Waystage
I. Complete the sentences with the correct past simple or past continuous form of the verbs
in parentheses.
1. She _______________ (surf) when the shark _______________ (attack) her.

2. He _______________ (dance) at a party when he _______________ (meet) his girlfriend.
3. I _______________ (have) a picnic when I _______________ (see) my sister.
4. When they _______________ (see) the shark they _______________ (swim) in the sea.
5. Susan _______________ (arrive) while I _______________ (have) dinner.
6. He _______________ (play) football, when he _______________ (break) his leg.
7. I _______________ (wait) for my friend when the bus _______________ (arrive).
8. When I _______________ (get back) my mum _______________ (cook) dinner.
II. Each sentence has one mistake. Write the correct sentences.
1. She was seeing the shark while she was surfing.
2. What was you doing last night at 8.00pm?
3. I was reading a book when my brother was getting back.
4. He didn’t liked the film very much.
5. What did he see while he swam?
6. You can turn off the TV, I not was watching it.
7. I was talking to Stephen while the phone rang.
8. I went to the cinema last night but I wasn’t liking the film.

Grammar appendix
UNIT VI
Table 9. Present perfect
PRESENT PERFECT
I / you / we / they he / she / it

+ I’ve been to Brazil. She’s been to Italy once.
- We haven’t seen Shrek 3. He hasn’t spoken to me.
? Have they arrived? Has it rained recently?
Yes, they have. Yes, it has.
Short answer No, they haven’t. No, it hasn’t.
1. We form the Present perfect with have/has + the past participle. In spoken English we
usually use the contracted form ’ve/’s.
2. The past participle of regular verbs is the same as the Past simple form, for example, work
– worked. However, irregular verbs also have irregular past participles. For example,
be – was – been, see – saw – seen,
do – did – done, make – made – made.
3. We use the Present perfect to talk about past actions or experiences in our lives, but we
don’t specify when they happened. We often use it with the adverbs; recently, once, twice,
etc.
• I’ve been to Argentina.
• NOT I’ve been to Argentina last year.
• I’ve seen Robbie Williams in concert twice.
4. We often use the Present perfect with ever in questions and never in negative sentences.
• Have you ever seen the Queen? No, I’ve never seen the Queen.
5. Note the difference between been and gone.
• She’s been to New York. (= She was in New York, but now she’s back.)
• She’s gone to New York. (= She’s in New York or on her way there.)
already, just, still, yet 1. We use already in affirmative sentences to say that something
happened before now.
I’ve already finished. 2. We use just in affirmative sentences to say that something
+
She’s just arrived. has happened very recently.
3. We use yet in questions to ask about something that we
- Has he arrived yet? expect to happen. We use (not…) yet in negative sentences
We haven’t finished yet. to say that something we expected to happened hasn’t
? happened
They still haven’t arrived. 4. We use still in negative sentences with the same meaning
as yet.

English A2 Waystage
How long…?, for, since
How long has he known her?

He´s known her for six months. / He´s known her since march.
1. We use the Present perfect with How long…?, for and since to talk about situations which
started in the past and continues up to the present.
2. We use for to indicate the duration of the situation and since to indicate when the situation
began in the past.
3. in English we do not use the Present simple with for and since to describe continuing situations.
• I’ve known her for years. NOT I know her for years.
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Use the
Present perfect of the verb in parentheses.
I can’t find my purse (lose) -I ’ve lost my purse.
1. Gerry can’t remember the time of the interview. (forget) Gerry
2. Amy is on her way to school. (go) Amy
3. I don’t know that man. (never/meet)
4. There’s something wrong with my dad’s leg. (break) My dad
II. Write the questions for the answers using the words in parentheses.
A (ever/see/a snake) Have you ever seen a snake?
B No I haven’t – only on TV.
1. A (How many times/Jill/move/house) ___________________________________ ?
B Five times!
2. A (ever/sing/a solo) _________________________________________________?
B Once at primary school, when I was five.
3. A (be/cold/recently) _________________________________________________?
B No it hasn’t. The weather’s been lovely.

Grammar appendix
III. Put the adverbs in the correct place in the sentences or questions.
Have you had dinner? (yet) Have you had dinner yet?
1. Their plane hasn’t taken off. (still) _________________________________

2. This letter has arrived for you. ( just) _______________________________
3. I’ve seen this film. (already) _______________________________
4. We haven’t met the new boss. (yet) ________________________________
5. Mary’s told me she’s getting married! ( just) __________________________
IV. Complete the sentences with already, just, still or yet.

I’ve already passed my driving test. I don’t need lessons.
1. Those boys haven’t apologized ___________.

2. Victoria ___________hasn’t phoned me.
3. Guess what? Simon’s ___________ said he’s leaving home.
4. Have you found your glasses ___________?
5. We’ve ___________ been on holiday this year.
V. Complete the sentences with for or since.

I’ve had a horrible cold since Friday.
1. We’ve lived in this house _____ three years.

2. Dan’s known Alice _____ they were kids.
3. Have you been here _____8 o’clock?
4. I’ve been on a diet _____five long months.
5. They’ve had their dog _____a long time.

English A2 Waystage
Table 10. Conjunctions
CONJUNCTIONS
COORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS (FANBOYS)

These are used to make a compound sentence out of two independent clauses (or complete
sentences).
Using the word FANBOYS makes it easy to remember the coordinating conjunctions.
When using a fanboy to connect two sentences, a comma goes before the fanboy.
F A N B O Y S
For And Nor But Or Yet So
For: The word for may be used instead of because

Example: Julie did not go to school, for she was ill.
And: The word and connects two related ideas.

Example: Cesar loves to dance, and he enjoys singing.
Nor: Nor, which is similar to neither, makes the sentence

Example: Maria does not miss a day of work, nor does she miss a day of school.
But: But is used to show a contrast between the two connected sentences.
Example: Jennifer loves her rabbits, but she is afraid of her roosters.
Or: Or is used to show a choice between the two ideas being connected.
Example: Ana can go to the movies, or she can go to her exercise class.
Yet: Yet, like but, is used to show contrast between the two sentences.
Example: Michael likes San Luis Obispo, yet he can’t afford a house there.
So: So is used to connect two sentences when a result is shown.

Example: Martha enjoys going to the beach, so she is moving to Pismo Beach.
A Compound sentence is a sentence that has two simple sentences joined together. When a
compound sentence is joined together with a coordinating conjunction (for, and, nor, but, or, yet so),
add a comma before a coordinating conjunction.
Hint: not all conjunctions join two simple sentences (independent clauses). If they are not joining two
simple sentences, do not use a comma.

Grammar appendix
Examples of Comma Rule:

Jordan broke his arm, so he had to go to the hospital.
My dog chased a rabbit around the yard, but he couldn’t catch it.
Amelia opened her locker and grabbed her books for class.
I. Underline the FANBOYS in the sentence. If it is joining 2 sentences, insert a comma BEFORE
the coordinating conjunction. If it is not joining 2 sentences, do not insert a comma.
1. Roberta likes going to school but she does not like math class.
2. Jed and Joey put hot fudge and whipped cream on their ice cream.
3. Betty likes to eat pizza but she likes spaghetti better.
4. Eli sat down to do his homework but his sister ate it.
5. Snoopy went to his dog house to eat and take a nap.
6. Linus lost his blanket and started to cry.
7. Charlie Brown wanted to ask Lucy a question but she was too busy to answer.
8. Students are eating spaghetti or deli subs today.
9. Sponge Bob took his notebook to class but he forgot his pencil.
10. Sally went fishing last Saturday but we didn't catch anything.
II. Circle the correct conjunction.

1. I did my best to pass my English exam yet / so I failed.
2. I will get my car serviced and / for there is something wrong with the brakes.
3. The suspect went to the airport and / yet tried to use a license that had his brother's
identification on it or / but he got caught.
4. Nobody expected Sam to get the job nor / so did I.
5. We can go to a Chinese restaurant or / and a Mexican, I don’t really mind.
6. It was raining heavily and / so we decided to stay at home.
7. Everybody was eager to participate the charity walk or / but the manager.
8. I got a seat in the front row for / yet I was really interested in the lecture topic.
9. My brother and / nor I will retire soon and go sailing around the world.
10. He can speak English so / and Spanish fluently, but / or his French is not so good.

English A2 Waystage
III. There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Make the necessary changes so
that each sentence is grammatically correct.
1. Mr Blackburn had an accident with his car but he did not suffer any injuries.
2. Before going to school, Amanda puts makeup on, so she eats breakfast.
3. My neighbours paid a huge amount of money for their new house, or they do not completely
like it.
4. My friend is very selfish, but he never shares with me.
5. Dennis created a foundation to help raise money for cancer, and he has fought the disease
himself.
6. “Did you know that Amy failed her math exam?” - “Yeah, I know. Either the subject was too
difficult for Amy, so she was simply not prepared.”
7. Mrs Patterson is knitting a warm sweater for her grandson, for she forgot to make a hole for
his head.
8. Jason graduated from high school, yet he celebrated with his schoolmates.
9. 9. Mr Johnson did not congratulate his son about his graduation, but did he show any support
towards him.
10. Carry decided to skip class today, and to go to Places Laurier instead.
11. Shaun bought his girlfriend a bracelet, but did not take the price tag off.
12. Terry and Martin do everything together, and they have been friends since primary school.

Grammar appendix
UNIT VII
Table 11. Gerunds and infinitives
GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES
Gerunds Infinitives
A gerund is a verb in “-ing” form that is used An infinitive is made up of “to + verb” and is
as a noun. It becomes the subject or object of also used as a subject or object in a sentence,
a sentence. though much less commonly as a subject.
Examples: Examples:
• I enjoy baking on the weekend. (The
gerund, “baking,” is the object.) • We all want to watch a movie this
weekend. (The infinitive, “to watch,” is
• Studying is important. (“Studying” is the the object.)
subject.)
• To write her novel in peace and quiet
• We discussed not attending the concert. was all she wanted. (The infinitive, “to
(Negative form = “not” + gerund) write,” is the subject.)
After a preposition add the following verb in
gerund Here is a list of verbs that are commonly
followed by infinitives:
Try out learning a new English word every day.
Give up smoking to have a healthy life offer wish
promise intend
Here is a list of verbs that are commonly
followed by gerunds: hope learn
decide tend
enjoy suggest prepare wish
quit finish
Examples:
discuss stop
think/talk about recommend • We offered to give them a ride home.
mind put off • I intend to finish my paper early.
Examples: It is incorrect to follow these verbs with
gerunds:
• Let’s consider spending more time on
this paper. • I promise helping you revise your essay.
• She quit worrying about punctuation. • Let’s prepare researching the topic at
It is incorrect to follow these verbs with the library.
infinitives:
• We considered to stay up late and study.
• Our teacher enjoys to read our essays.

English A2 Waystage
Verbs commonly followed by a gerund Verbs commonly followed by an infinitive

EXAMPLE: “He misses playing with his friends.” EXAMPLE: “She threatened to quit if she didn’t
get a raise.”
Abhor acknowledge admit agree appear arrange
Advise allow anticipate ask attempt beg
Appreciate avoid be worth can afford care can
can’t help celebrate confess wait chance choose
consider defend delay claim come consent
detest discontinue discuss dare decide demand
dislike dispute dread deserve determine elect
endure enjoy escape endeavor expect fail
evade explain fancy get grow (up) guarantee
fear feel like feign hesitate hope hurry
finish forgive give up (stop) learn manage mean
keep on mention keep (continue) need neglect offer
Miss warrant mind (object to) pay plan prepare
omit permit picture pretend profess promise
postpone practice prevent prove refuse remain
put off recall recollect request say seek
recommend report resent seem strive struggle
resist resume risk swear tend threaten
shirk suggest support turn out volunteer wait
tolerate understand urge want wish would like
• She forgot closing the door behind her. (She closed the door but forgot that she did so.)
• She forgot to close the door. (She did not close the door.)
• He stopped eating. (He was eating, and now he is not.)
• He stopped to eat. (He was doing some activity and stopped in order to eat.)
Finally, some verbs can be followed by a gerund or an infinitive with no change in meaning.
Examples:
• The family likes swimming. - The family likes to swim.

• I prefer sitting in the front row. - I prefer to sit in the front row

Grammar appendix
There are certain verbs that can only be followed by one or the other, and these verbs must be
memorized. Many of these verbs are listed below.
I. Complete the sentences using the verbs in parentheses either with Gerund or Infinitive form.
1. A lot of people are worried about _____________their jobs. (lose)
2. He agreed ____________ a new car. (buy)
3. The question is easy ______________ (answer)
4. Not everybody can afford _____________ to university. (go)
5. I look forward to _______ you at the weekend. (see)
6. Are you thinking of _______ London? (visit)
7. He apologized for _______ so late. (arrive)
8. Stop _______ noise, please; I’m studying. (make)
9. She doesn't mind _______ the night shift. (work)
10. I learned ______ the bike at the age of 5. (ride)
II. Complete the sentences using the verbs in parentheses either with Gerund or Infinitive
form.
1. We decided _______ a new car. (buy)
2. I regret _______ you we won’t lend you the money. (tell)
3. Peter gave up _______. (smoke) 4) He'd like _______ an airplane. (fly)
4. I enjoy _______ picture postcards. (write)
5. He offered _______ help with the cleaning. (help)
6. Avoid _______ silly mistakes. (make)
7. My parents wanted me _______ home at 11 o'clock. (be)
8. I dream about _______ a big house. (build)
9. He advised me _______ so much money. (not spend)
III. Fill the gaps with the verb in brackets in the appropriate form.
1. I can't stand ________________ in queues. (to wait)
2. I wouldn't like ________________ in his shoes. (to be)
3. Jim loves ________________ in Thailand. (to work)
4. I hate ________________ the shopping on Saturday. (to do)
5. Blast! I forgot ________________ milk. (to buy)
6. In the end we decided ________________ in. (to stay)
7. I need ________________ some information about Portugal. (to find)
8. My parents like ________________ for long walks at the weekend. (to go)

English A2 Waystage
9. Tony gave up ________________ years ago. (to smoke)

10. I wanted ________________ and see Troy but no one else was interested. (to go)
11. Mrs Leith offered ________________ us to the airport. (to take)
12. Clare refused ________________ clean up after the party. (to help)
13. I tried ________________ him to come but it was no use. (to persuade)
14. Do you mind not ________________? (to smoke)
15. Everybody really enjoyed ________________ the cha-cha-cha. (to dance)
16. Lionel admitted ________________ my chocolate mousse. (to eat)
Table 12. Modal verbs of ability
Modal Verbs of Ability
When we talk about ability, we mean two things.
• First, we mean general ability. This is something that once you have learned you can do any
time you want, like being able to read or swim or speak a language, for example.
• The other kind of ability is specific ability. This mean something that you can or can't do in
one particular situation. For example, being able to lift something heavy, or find somewhere
you are looking for.
Present: can / can't (for both general and was able to / couldn't (for specific ability)
specific ability)
• When the computer crashed yesterday, I
• I can play the piano. was able to fix it. (not 'I could fix it')
• She can speak English. • She was able to pass the exam, even
• He can't drive – he's too tired. though she hadn't studied much. (not 'she
could pass')
• We can't come now.
• He called us because he couldn't find the
Past: could / couldn't (for general ability) house.
• I could read when I was four. • I couldn't open the window.
• She could speak French when she was Future: will / won't be able to (general ability)
a child, but now she has forgotten it. • At the end of the course, you will be able
• He couldn't dance at all until he took to make your own website.
lessons. • He won't be able to speak Japanese in a
• My grandfather couldn't swim. week! It will take months.
can / can't (specific ability)
• I can help you tomorrow
• I can't come to the party

Grammar appendix
I. Write ‘can’ / ‘can’t’ / ‘could’ / ‘couldn’t’ to complete the sentences. If none is possible, use ‘be
able to’ in the correct tense:
1. _________________ you swim when you were 10?

2. We _________________ get to the meeting on time yesterday because the train was delayed
by one hour.
3. He _________________ arrive at the party on time, even after missing the train, so he was
very pleased.
4. He’s amazing, he _________________ speak
languages including Chinese.
5. I _________________ drive a car until I was 34, then I moved to the countryside so I had to
learn.
6. I looked everywhere for my glasses but I _________________ find them anywhere.
7. I searched for your house for ages, luckily I _________________ find it in the end.
8. She’s 7 years old but she _________________ read yet – her parents are getting her extra
lessons.
9. I read the book three times but I _________________ understand it.
10. James _________________ speak Japanese when he lived in Japan, but he’s forgotten
most of it now.
11. I _________________ understand the chapter we had to read for homework. It was so
difficult.
12. I _________________ lift this box – it’s too heavy! Would you help me?
13. Lucy _________________ make it to our meeting after all. She’s stuck in traffic at the moment.
14. John _________________ play tennis really well. He’s champion of his club.
15. Unfortunately, I really _________________ sing at all! No-one in my family is musical either.
16. When the car broke down I was really pleased because I _________________ solve the
problem.
17. Julian _________________ play excellent golf when he was only ten.
18. My grandmother _________________ use a computer until last month. Since then, she’s
been taking lessons at the library.
19. I _________________ open this window. I think it’s stuck!
20. Gill _________________ play the piano. She’s never studied it.

English A2 Waystage
UNIT VIII
Table 13. Modal Verbs of Obligation or Advice
MODAL VERBS OF OBLIGATION OR ADVICE
We can use have to + base form, must + base form and should + base form to express obligation
(something you have to do).
Present Positive Negative

strong obligation (possibly from no obligation
outside)
have to / don't have I don't have to work on Sundays.
to Children have to go to school. You don't have to eat anything you don't
(sometimes 'have got to') like.
strong obligation (possibly based negative obligation
must / mustn't on the speaker's opinion)
You mustn't smoke here.
I must study today.
mild obligation or advice mild negative obligation or advice
should / shouldn't
You should save some money. You shouldn't smoke so much.
Be careful about the difference between mustn't and don't have to!
Mustn't means it's not allowed, or it's a bad idea:
• You mustn't eat so much chocolate, you'll be sick

Don't have to means you don't need to do something, but it's fine if you want to do it:
• I don't have to get up early at the weekend (of course, if I want to get up early, that's fine, but
I can stay in bed if I want).
Past Positive Negative

obligation in the past
no obligation in the past
• I had to wear a school
had to / didn't have to uniform when I was a • We didn't have to go to school
child. on Saturdays.

Grammar appendix
I. Write ‘mustn’t’ or ‘don’t / doesn’t have to’ to complete the statements:
1. We have a lot of work tomorrow. You _______________ be late.

2. You _______________ tell anyone what I just told you. It’s a secret.
3. The museum is free. You _______________ pay to get in.
4. Children _______________ tell lies. It’s very naughty.
5. John’s a millionaire. He _______________ go to work.
6. I _______________ do my washing, because my mother does it for me.
7. We _______________ rush. We’ve got plenty of time.
8. You _______________ smoke inside the school.
9. You can borrow my new dress but you _______________ get it dirty.
10. We _______________ miss the train, it’s the last one tonight.
11. She _______________ do this work today, because she can do it tomorrow.
12. I _______________ clean the floor today because I cleaned it yesterday.
13. We _______________ forget to lock all the doors before we leave.
14. We _______________ stay in a hotel in London, we can stay with my brother.
15. I _______________ spend too much money today. I’ve only got a little left.
16. They _______________ get up early today, because it’s Sunday.
17. I _______________ eat too much cake, or I’ll get fat!
18. We _______________ be late for the exam.
19. You _______________ tidy up now. I’ll do it later.
20. He _______________ cook tonight because he’s going to a restaurant.
UNIT IX
Table 14. Relative clauses
RELATIVE CLAUSES
We can use relative clauses to join two English sentences, or to give more information about
something.
I bought a new car. It is very fast. She lives in New York. She likes living in New York.
→ I bought a new car that is very fast. → She lives in New York, which she likes.
Defining and Non-defining
A defining relative clause tells which noun we are talking about:
• I like the woman who lives next door. (If I don't say 'who lives next door', then we don't know
which woman I mean).
A non-defining relative clause gives us extra information about something. We don't need this
information to understand the sentence.

English A2 Waystage
• I live in London, which has some fantastic parks. (Everybody knows where London is, so
'which has some fantastic parks' is extra information).
Defining relative clauses:
1. The relative pronoun is the subject:
• First, let's consider when the relative pronoun is the subject of a defining relative clause.
• We can use 'who', 'which' or 'that'. We use 'who' for people and 'which' for things. We can use
'that' for people or things.
• The relative clause can come after the subject or the object of the sentence. We can't drop
the relative pronoun.
For example, (clause after the object of the sentence):
• I'm looking for a secretary who / that can use a computer well.
• She has a son who / that is a doctor.
• We bought a house which / that is 200 years old.
• I sent a letter which / that arrived three weeks later.
More examples (clause after the subject of the sentence):
• The man who / that phoned is my brother.
• The camera which / that costs $100 is over there.
• The house which / that belongs to Julie is in London.
2. The relative pronoun is the object:
Next, let's talk about when the relative pronoun is the object of the clause. In this case we can
drop the relative pronoun if we want to. Again, the clause can come after the subject or the object
of the sentence.
Here are some examples:

(Clause after the object)
• She loves the chocolate (which / that) I bought.
• We went to the village (which / that) Lucy recommended.
• The police arrested a man (who / that) Jill worked with.
(Clause after the subject)
• The bike (which / that) I loved was stolen.

• The university (which / that) she likes is famous.
• The woman (who / that) my brother loves is from Mexico.

Grammar appendix
Non-defining relative clauses:

We don't use 'that' in non-defining relative clauses, so we need to use 'which' if the pronoun refers
to a thing, and 'who' if it refers to a person. We can't drop the relative pronoun in this kind of clause,
even if the relative pronoun is the subject of the clause.
(Clause comes after the subject)
• My boss, who is very nice, lives in Manchester.
• My sister, who I live with, knows a lot about cars.
• My bicycle, which I've had for more than ten years, is falling apart.
• My mother's house, which I grew up in, is very small.
(Clause comes after the object)
• Yesterday I called our friend Julie, who lives in New York.
• The photographer called to the Queen, who looked annoyed.
• Last week I bought a new computer, which I don't like now.
• I really love the new Chinese restaurant, which we went to last night.
Prepositions and relative clauses
If the verb in the relative clause needs a preposition, we put it at the end of the clause:
For example:
• listen to
The music is good. Julie listens to the music. → The music (which / that) Julie listens to is good.
• work with
My brother met a woman. I used to work with the woman. → My brother met a woman (who / that) I
used to work with.
• go to
The country is very hot. He went to the country. → The country (which / that) he went to is very hot.
• come from
I visited the city. John comes from the city. → I visited the city (that / which) John comes from.
• apply for
The job is well paid. She applied for the job. → The job (which / that) she applied for is well paid.
Whose
'Whose' is always the subject of the relative clause and can't be left out. It replaces a possessive. It
can be used for people and things.
The dog is over there. The dog's / its owner lives next door. → The dog whose owner lives next door
is over there.
The little girl is sad. The little girl's / her doll was lost. → The little girl whose doll was lost is sad.
The woman is coming tonight. Her car is a BMW. → The woman whose car is a BMW is coming
tonight.
The house belongs to me. Its roof is very old. → The house whose roof is old belongs to me.

English A2 Waystage
Where / when / why
We can sometimes use these question words instead of relative pronouns and prepositions.
→ I live in the city where I study.

→ I live in the city that / which I study in.
→ I live in the city in which I study.
→ The bar in Barcelona where I met my wife is still there.

→ The bar in Barcelona that / which I met my wife in is still there.
→ The bar in Barcelona in which I met my wife is still there.
→ The summer when I graduated from university was long and hot.
→ The summer that / which I graduated from university in was long and hot.
→ The summer in which I graduated was long and hot.
I. Make one sentence from the two short ones. The sentence in italics should become the
relative clause.
1. She worked for a man. The man used to be an athlete. ______________________________

2. They called a lawyer. The lawyer lived nearby. __________________________________
3. I sent an email to my brother. My brother lives in Australia. __________________________
4. The customer liked the waitress. The waitress was very friendly. _________________________
5. We broke the computer. The computer belonged to my father. ______________________
6. I dropped a glass. The glass was new. _________________________________________
7. She loves books. The books have happy endings. ________________________________
8. They live in a city. The city is in the north of England. ______________________________
9. The man is in the garden. The man is wearing a blue jumper. _________________________
10. The girl works in a bank. The girl is from India. ___________________________________
11. My sister has three children. My sister lives in Australia. ______________________________
12. The waiter was rude. The waiter was wearing a blue shirt. ______________________________
13. The money is in the kitchen. The money belongs to John. ______________________________
14. The table got broken. The table was my grandmother’s. ______________________________
15. The television was stolen. The television was bought 20 years ago. _______________________
16. The fruit is on the table. The fruit isn’t fresh. _____________________________________

Grammar appendix
II. Make one sentence from the two short ones. The sentence in italics should become the
relative clause.
1. The man was late. Julie invited the man. _______________________________________

2. The doctor was sick. I wanted to see the doctor. _________________________________
3. The accountant was arrested. The accountant works for my father’s company. __________
4. I wrote to the friend. You met the friend last week. _______________________________
5. The mobile phone can’t be fixed. The mobile phone is broken. _________________________
6. John made a copy of the photo. I took the photo. _______________________________
7. I met a girl. The girl was a doctor. _____________________________________________
8. We called a doctor. The doctor works at a hospital in London. ___________________________
9. We like the actor. The actor was in a famous film. ________________________________
10. I went to the restaurant. I read about the restaurant in the newspaper. ______________
11. She bought a car. Her sister liked the car. _______________________________________
12. I often buy cheese. The cheese is imported from Paris. ______________________________
13. The hairdresser was very good. The hairdresser has red hair. ________________________
14. The child is playing in the garden. We see the child often. _____________________________
15. The nurse is in the office. The nurse treated my grandmother. __________________________
16. The car is in the garage. The car broke down.___________________________________
Table 15. Reflexive pronouns
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
We use a reflexive pronoun to refer back to the subject of the sentence or clause. Reflexive
pronouns end in "-self" (singular) or "-selves" (plural).
I MYSELF.
YOU YOURSELF.
HE HIMSELF.
SHE HELPED HERSELF.
IT ITSELF.
WE OURSELVES.
YOU (PLURAL) YOURSELVES.
THEY THEMSELVES
We can also use reflexive pronouns for emphasis (as “intensive pronouns”). For example, “I did the
homework myself” emphasizes the fact that nobody helped me to do my homework.

English A2 Waystage
I. Complete each of the sentences below using the correct reflexive pronoun.
1. My brother likes to practice his English by talking to ______________________.

2. James wasn’t careful and he cut ______________________ with a knife.
3. My sister and I looked at ______________________ in the mirror.
4. The repair shop was closed, so I fixed the car ______________________.
5. Did you enjoy ___________________________ at the party last night?
6. Cats can get clean by licking ___________________________.
7. (A) Did the cleaners cleaned the house? (B) No, I did it ______________________!
8. Mr. Smith burned ______________________ while he was cooking.
9. He dried ______________________ after he took a shower and went downstairs.
10. Can you teach ______________________ to play the piano?
11. My little sister dressed ___________________________. She didn’t need any help.
12. Why is your dog scratching ______________________? Does it have fleas?
13. John and Thomas, did you ask ______________________ the question?
14. Mrs. Brown, please help ______________________ to the cookies and drinks.
15. I introduced ______________________ to my new classmates.
UNIT X
Table 16. Zero, First and Second conditional
ZERO, FIRST, AND SECOND CONDITIONAL
The Zero conditional
We can make a zero conditional sentence with two present simple verbs (one in the 'if clause' and
one in the 'main clause'):
• If + present simple, .... present simple.
This conditional is used when the result will always happen. So, if water reaches 100 degrees, it
always boils. It's a fact. I'm talking in general, not about one particular situation. The result of the 'if
clause' is always the main clause.
The 'if' in this conditional can usually be replaced by 'when' without changing the meaning.
For example: If water reaches 100 degrees, it boils. (It is always true, there can't be a different
result sometimes). If I eat peanuts, I am sick. (This is true only for me, maybe, not for everyone, but
it's still true that I'm sick every time I eat peanuts)

Grammar appendix
Here are some more examples:
• If people eat too much, they get fat. • You get water if you mix hydrogen and
oxygen.
• If you touch a fire, you get burned.
• Snakes bite if they are scared
• People die if they don't eat.
• If babies are hungry, they cry
The First conditional
The first conditional has the present simple after 'if', then the future simple in the other clause:
• if + present simple, ... will + infinitive

It's used to talk about things which might happen in the future. Of course, we can't know what will
happen in the future, but this describes possible things, which could easily come true.
• If it rains, I won't go to the park. • She'll be late if the train is delayed.
• If I study today, I'll go to the party tonight. • She'll miss the bus if she doesn't leave
soon.
• If I have enough money, I'll buy some new
shoes. • If I see her, I'll tell her.
First vs. Zero conditional:
The first conditional describes a particular situation, whereas the zero conditional describes what
happens in general.
For example (zero conditional): if you sit in the sun, you get burned (here I'm talking about every
time a person sits in the sun - the burning is a natural consequence of the sitting)
But (first conditional): if you sit in the sun, you'll get burned (here I'm talking about what will
happen today, another day might be different)
First vs. Second conditional:
The first conditional describes things that I think are likely to happen in the future, whereas the
second conditional talks about things that I don't think will really happen. It's subjective; it depends
on my point of view.
For example (first conditional): If she studies harder, she'll pass the exam (I think it's possible she
will study harder and so she'll pass)
But (second conditional): If she studied harder, she would pass the exam (I think that she won't
study harder, or it's very unlikely, and so she won't pass)

English A2 Waystage
The Second conditional
The second conditional uses the past simple after if, then 'would' and the base form:
• if + past simple, ...would + base form
(We can use 'were' instead of 'was' with 'I' and 'he/she/it'. This is mostly done in formal writing).
It has two uses.
First, we can use it to talk about things in the future that are probably not going to be true.
Maybe I'm imagining some dream for example.
• If I won the lottery, I would buy a big house. (I probably won't win the lottery)
• If I met the Queen of England, I would say hello.
• She would travel all over the world if she were rich.
• She would pass the exam if she ever studied. (She never studies, so this won't happen)
Second, we can use it to talk about something in the present which is impossible, because it's
not true. Is that clear? Have a look at the examples:
• If I had his number, I would call him. (I don't have his number now, so it's impossible for me
to call him).
• If I were you, I wouldn't go out with that man.
How is this different from the first conditional?
This kind of conditional sentence is different from the first conditional because this is a lot more
unlikely.
For example (second conditional): If I had enough money I would buy a house with twenty
bedrooms and a swimming pool (I'm probably not going to have this much money, it's just a
dream, not very real)
But (first conditional): If I have enough money, I'll buy some new shoes (It's much more likely that
I'll have enough money to buy some shoes)

Grammar appendix
I. Make sentences using the Zero Conditional form.
1. (I / wake up late / I / be late for work) ____________________________________________

2. (my husband / cook / he / burn the food) _________________________________________
3. (Julie / not wear a hat / she / get sunstroke) _______________________________________
4. (children / not eat well / they / not be healthy) _____________________________________
5. (you / mix water and electricity / you / get a shock) __________________________________
6. (people / eat / too many sweets / they / get fat) ____________________________________
7. (you / smoke / you / get yellow fingers) __________________________________________
8. (children / play outside / they / not get overweight) _________________________________
9. (you / heat ice / it / melt) ______________________________________________________
10. (I / speak to John / he / get annoyed) ____________________________________________
II. Complete the sentences with the verbs in parentheses using the First Conditional form.
1. 1If I __________(go) out tonight, I __________________ (go) to the cinema.

2. If you _________(get) back late, I __________________ (be) angry.
3. If we _________(not / see) each other tomorrow, we _________(see) each other next week.
4. If he _________(come), I __________________ (be) surprised.
5. If we _________wait) here, we __________________ (be) late.
6. If we __________(go) on holiday this summer, we __________________ (go) to Spain.
7. If the weather _______________ (not / improve), we ______________(not / have) a picnic.
8. If I __________________ (not / go) to bed early, I __________________ (be) tired tomorrow.
9. If we __________________ (eat) all this cake, we __________________ (feel) sick.
10. If you _______________(not / want) to go out, I _________________(cook) dinner at home.
III. Complete the sentences with the verbs in parentheses using the Second Conditional form.
1. If I ________________ (be) you, I _________________ (get) a new job.

2. If he ________________ (be) younger, he _________________ (travel) more.
3. If we _________________ (not / be) friends, I _________________ (be) angry with you.
4. If I _________________ (have) enough money, I _________________ (buy) a big house.
5. If she ________________ (not / be) always so late, she _________________ (be) promoted.
6. If we _________________ (win) the lottery, we _________________ (travel) the world.
7. If you _____________(have) a better job, we ______________ (be) able to buy a new car
8. If I _______________ (speak) perfect English, I ________________ (have) a good job.

English A2 Waystage
9. If we _________________ (live) in Mexico, I _________________ (speak) Spanish.

10. If she ______________ (pass) the exam, she ______________(be) able to enter university.
11. She _________________ (be) happier if she _________________ (have) more friends.
12. We _________________ (buy) a house if we _________________ (decide) to stay here.
13. They ___________ (have) more money if they _____________ (not / buy) so many clothes
14. We _________________ (come) to dinner if we _________________ (have) time.
15. She _________________ (call) him if she _________________ (know) his number.
16. They ________________(go) to Spain on holiday if they ____________ (like) hot weather.
17. She _________________ (pass) the exam if she _________________ (study) more.
18. I ________________(marry) someone famous if I _________________ (be) a movie star.
19. We never _________________(be) late again if we _________________ (buy) a new car.
20. You _________________ (lose) weight if you _________________ (eat) less.
Table 17. The passive voice
THE PASSIVE VOICE
The passive of an active tense is formed by putting the verb to be into the same tense as the
active verb and adding the past participle of the active verb.
The subject of the active verb becomes the ‘agent’ of the passive verb. The agent is very often
not mentioned. When it is mentioned it is preceded by ´by´ and placed at the end of the clause.
Active: My grandfather planted this tree. → Passive: This tree was planted by my grandfather.
ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE

Present Simple He delivers the letters The letters are delivered.
Past Simple He delivered the letters. The letters were delivered.
USE
The Passive is used:
1. when the agent (=the person who does the action) is unknown, unimportant or obvious
from the context.
Jane was shot. (We don’t know who shot her.)
This church was built in 1815. (Unimportant agent)
He has been arrested. (Obviously by the police)
2. to make more polite or formal statements.
The car hasn’t been cleaned. (more polite)
(You haven’t cleaned the car. – less polite)

Grammar appendix
3. when the action is more important than the agent, as in processes, instructions, events,
reports, headlines, new items, and advertisements.
30 people were killed in the earthquake.
4. to put emphasis on the agent.

The new library will be opened by the Queen.
ACTIVE TO PASSIVE
To change a sentence from the active voice to the passive voice:
• the object of the active voice sentence becomes the subject of the passive voice sentence.
Agatha Christie wrote this book. → This book was written by Agatha Christie.
• we change the main verb of the active voice sentence into the passive voice. The tense
remains unchanged.
• the subject of the active voice sentence becomes the agent of the passive sentence. It is
placed after the past participle and it is preceded by the preposition by.
I. Complete the sentences with the correct passive form of the verbs in parentheses.
a. English ____________________ (speak) in many countries.
b. The post ______________________ (deliver) at about 7 o’clock every morning.
c. ______________________________ (the building/use) any more?
d. How often ______________________________ (the Olympic Games(hold)?
e. How _______________________ (your name/spell)?
f. My salary _____________________ (pay) every month.
g. These cars _________________________ (not make) in Japan.
h. The name of the people who committed the crime _____________________ (not know).
i. His travel expenses ________________________ (not pay) by his company.

English A2 Waystage
II. Complete the sentences with the correct passive form of the verbs in parentheses.
a. My car ______________________ (repair) last week.
b. This song ________________________ (not write) by John Lennon.
c. ________________________________ (the phone/answer) by a young girl?
d. The film ________________________ (make) ten years ago.
e. When ______________________________ (tennis/invent)?
f. The car ________________________ (not damaged) in the accident.
g. The original building _________________________ (pull) down in 1965.
h. Where ______________________________ (this pot/make)?
i. When _______________________________ (this bridge/build)?
III. Rewrite these sentences in the passive voice.
a. Someone built this house 200 years ago. _______________________________________
b. A thief stole my purse. _____________________________________________________
c. The police will arrest the robbers. _____________________________________________
d. They produce cars in this factory. _____________________________________________
e. They serve breakfast at eight o’clock every day. __________________________________
f. People throw away tones of rubbish every day. ___________________________________
g. They make coffee in Brazil. __________________________________________________
h. Someone stole Jim’s bike last night. ___________________________________________

Audio Script
Audio Script
Useful Language
U1L1. 2a
Getting help: 1 brave, 2 confident, 3 generous, 4 determined, 5 motivated, 6 fit, 7 reliable,

8 talented, 9 long, 10 fast, 11 relaxed, 12 short, 13 big, 14 easy, 15 difficult, 16
important, 17 bad, 18 good, 19 old, 20 young, 21 heavy, 22 weak, 23 thin, 24
famous, 25 new, 26 cheap, 27 expensive, 28 sociable, 29 slow, 30 friendly
• I’m sorry. What did you say?
• I don’t understand. What do you mean? U1L1.2b
• Can you help me? Hi I’m Ingrid.
Whеn I was a teenagеr l was morе respоnsiblе than today’s teеnagеrs. Аfter
• Could I have a copy?
sсhоol, I had tо do a Iot of things at homе. My parеnts were rеally aпgrу when
• What’s the opposite of …? l didn't do my chores. Тoday’s tеenagers are |aziеr. Тheу сomе home from
sсhоol and thеy play сomputer games for thе rest оf the daу.
• What’s the difference between … and …?
Hello, I’m Manuel.
Apologizing/Making excuses: Nowadays young people aren't bеttеr or worse than young pеoplе in the past.
Тeenagers havе thе samе problems that we did. Тhеy'rе worried about finding
• Sorry I’m late. their own identity and place in the world. I onсe rеаd this quotation “Children
nowadays just love the easy life. They’re bad mannered, have no respect for
• I couldn’t come to class yesterday because….
authority or for older people, and they make their teachers mad.” Do you know
• I couldn’t do the homework because… who say that? It was Socrates. He lived about 2,400 years ago.
• I have to leave early today because…
Hi there, my name is Anielka.
Working in pairs/groups: In the media, People always say that teenagers have an easy life. They say
they’re lazy and irresponsible. I’ve met teenagers who are the opposite. I work
• What do we have to do? with young people and lots of them are responsible and hard-working. Isn’t it
• What did she/he say? the same with adults? Also, they have lots of modern gadgets like cellphones,
but those things don’t always make life easier or make you happier.
• We haven’t finished yet.
• Whose turn is it? Hello everybody, I’m Ramon.
Who says teenagers have an easy life? Exams are harder now than in the past.
• What do you think? It’s more difficult to get a job so your marks need to be higher. The media make
• Do you agree? us worry about our appearance, too; so a lot of teenagers aren’t happy. They
think they should be taller or thinner, like the people they see on TV. Maybe
U1L1. 1a today teenagers’ life is not as easy as people think.
How do people keep in touch?
U1L1.2d
“Well, at work we use video conferencing for meetings
with our international offices. It’s less expensive than a Speaker 1: I definitely spend less time seeing friends because two years ago I
business trip and more convenient. And you don’t get jet moved to the countryside. I left my friends behind in the city. Sometimes they
lag, either!” come and spend the weekend with me.
Luisa R.
Speaker 2: I probably spend about the same amount of time working as I did
“Well, I video call my parents. They think it’s better than three years ago. I had an office job, I used to work 35 hours a week. In my
the phone because they can see me. I guess it’s a good current job I have a split schedule sometimes I work about 20 hours per week,
way to keep in touch when I’m away at university.” and others 50 hours per week, but on average I think it’s about the same.
Jessica S. Speaker 3: I buy most of my food online – everything except for fresh things
like meat, fruit, or vegetables. I get books from Amazon and I also buy a lot
“We use email at work, but I use my social network to of clothes online. Shopping online is great because it saves time and money.
keep in touch with friends. I was getting a lot of spam in
my personal email; there’s nothing worse than spam in Speaker 4: One of the things that has changed for me is how I get to work. It
your inbox.” takes me much longer now because I cycle. A few years ago I used to drive, it
Yuritza R. would take me 15 minutes. Now It takes me about an hour.
“I text my friend all day. Texting’s a lot more convenient Speaker 5: I definitely spend a lot more time preparing food now. I think it is
than calling. It’s more interesting, too. I can’t do it in class, because now I live with my boyfriend. When you live with someone else you
though.” feel more like cooking. Before, I spent about 20 minutes and now I spend
Arlen C. about an hour. I’m quite happy with that, though.
“Well, I know regular mail is slower and less reliable than

e-mail, but cards are more personal. And I never send
those e-cards. I just think it’s nicer to get a real card.”
Cinthya Ch.

English A2 Waystage
U1L1.2f 2 Iguazu Falls are waterfalls of the Iguazu River on the border of the
Leonel sent us a message asking for some advice to buy a smartphone Argentine province of Misiones and the Brazilian state of Paraná. It has
or a tablet. What can you recommend him? We asked our audience to a height of 82 meters and a maximum width of 2,700mts. Together, they
help him decide with five questions. make up the largest waterfall in the world. The falls divide the river into
the upper and lower Iguazu. The Iguazu River rises near the heart of the
1. Size is everything! Which is bigger? city of Curitiba.
Speaker 1: Easy! A tablet is bigger than a phone. 3 The cliffs are sea cliffs located at the southwestern edge of the Burren
Speaker 2: Everyone thinks they know the answer here, but these days region in County Clare, Ireland. and stand at a mind-boggling 687
a lot of new smartphones aren’t smaller than some of the mini tablets meters of height. They are one of the most popular tourist destinations,
you see in shops. So maybe there’s no difference. and attractions also the 3rd highest in Europe. The cliffs rank among
the most visited tourist sites in Ireland, with around 1.5 million visits per
2. How about the price? Which is cheaper? annum.
Speaker 3: A tablet is more expensive than a smartphone. 4 Mount Rainier National Park is an American national park located in
Washington state. It has a height of 4,932 meters above sea level and
3. Can I carry it around easily? Which is lighter? an area. of 236,381 acres It is the most glaciated peak in the lower 48
states and an active volcano, and this diverse national park has alpine
Speaker 1: Of course a tablet is heavier than a smartphone, but that’s and subalpine ecosystems with mountains, forests and meadows.
because it’s bigger. A good thing about a phone is that I can carry it in
my small handbag. 5 Masaya Volcano is a caldera located in Masaya, Nicaragua, 20 km
Speaker 2: A smartphone is lighter than a tablet, so this means it’s easy south of the capital Managua. Its crater “Santiago” has an altitude of
to take it with me when I go out with my friends. 635 meters above sea level and an area of 54 km² that includes two
volcanoes and five craters. It is Nicaragua's first and largest national
4. Tell me about the screen. Which has better resolution? park, and one of 78 protected areas of Nicaragua.
Speaker 1: Smartphones’ screens are too small. For me, the tablet
screen has better resolution than the one on my phone. I like to U1L2.1d
download and watch films, so this is really important for me.
Rainforests are the oldest living ecosystems on the planet. Some
Speaker 3: I’m a teacher so I use my tablet to read and work on
can trace their origins to over 70 million years ago. Back to a time
documents. The screen on the tablet is bigger and has better resolution
than my phone. when dinosaurs still roamed the Earth. While the giant reptiles have
disappeared, rainforests continue to thrive growing on every continent
except Antarctica.
5. Which is better?
Two types of rainforests are scattered across the globe: Temperate and
Speaker 1: The tablet’s the clear winner. Yes, it’s expensive, but I think
tropical. Temperate rainforests are mainly found in the mid-latitudes.
it’s worth it. Tablets are the future.
Often near cooler, coastal, mountainous regions. Tropical rainforests are
Speaker 2: I think a smartphone is better than a tablet. It’s cheaper and
primarily located in warmer climates between the Tropic of Cancer and
smaller, so I can take it everywhere without any problems. Also I can
the Tropic of Capricorn. As their names imply, temperate and tropical
make calls on a phone. I can’t easily do that on a tablet.
Speaker 3: I can’t choose. I like them both. rainforests are the wettest forest on Earth receiving up to about 33 feet
of rain per year.
U1L2.1a This precipitation plays a critical roll in creating an exceptionally lush
1 canal 2 bridge 3 dam 4 lighthouse 5 island 6 bay 7 river 8 and biologically diverse habitat. While rainforest only make up about
beach 9 sea 10 volcano 11 coast 12 ground 13 desert 14 cliff 15 park 6% of the Earth’s surface area, they are home to over half of the World’s
16 meadow 17 jungle 18 forest 19 lake 20 lagoon 21 landscape 22 plant and animal species.
waterfall 23 mountain 24 path 25 rainforest 26 canyon
This biodiversity creates benefits that extend far beyond the rainforest
boundaries. Rainforest plants produce an assortment of food items.
U1L2.1b
In addition to ingredients useful in every products and medicines. In
1 recycling 2 conservation 3 garbage 4 preservation 5 greenhouse fact, an estimated 70% of the plants used in cancer treatments are
effect 6 pollution 7 sea level 8 ozone layer only found in rainforests. On an even larger scale rainforests help to
9 global warming 10 ecosystem 11 biodegradable 12 disposable stabilize the planet’s climate. It’s lush, green vegetation regulate global
13 endangered species 14 chemicals 15 smog 16 erosion 17 temperatures by absorbing massive amounts of radiation from the Sun.
flood 18 hurricane 19 drought 20 pesticides 21 heat wave 22 They also absorb vast amounts of carbon dioxide and convert them into
climate change 23 earthquake 24 wild life oxygen, about 40% of the planet’s breathable air.
U1L2. 1c Over the past few centuries, rainforest have disappeared at an alarming
rate. Factors such as economic inequalities, human development, and
The most beautiful landscape in the world. demand for natural resources have fueled the deforestation of these
rich ecosystems.
1 Salar de Uyuni is the world's largest salt flat, at over 11,000 square
kilometers in area. It is in the Daniel Campos Province in Potosí in
southwest Bolivia, near the crest of the Andes at an elevation of 3,656
meters (11,995 ft) above sea level.

Audio Script
At the current rate, rainforests, which have survived for over 70 “We drive back and fetch your handback and the shopping list.”
million years may completely disappear within the next century. “Good idea”, Arlen said.
But through educational campaigns, sustainable practices, and She turned right at the next traffic lights and returned home to
cooperation with local communities’ deforestation may begin to Jinotepe…
slow down helping to preserve rainforests for many generations
to come. U1L3.2a
Interest and hobby
U1L2.2a
1 playing card games 2 going to the cinema 3 cooking 4 gardening
The Seven Natural Wonders of the World 5 knitting 6 playing instruments 7 puzzle games 8 watching
TV 9 traveling 10 reading books 11 painting 12 eating out 13
The Grand Canyon is a steep-sided canyon that was carved by playing computer games/chess/sports 14 listening to music 15 going
the Colorado River. It is located in the northern part of Arizona. shopping 16 hanging out with friends 17 riding a bike 18 doing arts
Most of the Grand Canyon is located in the Grand Canyon National and crafts 19 taking photos 20 traveling 21 dancing 22 swimming
Park, which was one of the first national parks created in the United 24 learning languages 25 hiking
States. It is the longest in the world that has approximately 227
miles. U1L3.2b
The Great Barrier Reef is located in the northeastern part of Claudia: Hi, Anielka. I made you a cup of tea. Just how you like it, milk
Australia and it is the largest coral reef system in the world. The and two spoons of sugar.
Great Barrier Reef is amusing and has about 900 islands and 3,000 Anielka: Oh, thanks, Claudia.
individual reefs. It is located in the Coral Sea and is 616 miles long. Claudia: You're welcome. So what do you do when you're not working?
Anielka: Oh, umm, not much. I'm always really tired in the evenings
The Harbor of Rio de Janeiro is located in the east coast of Brazil. and at weekends.
It is in the Guanabara bay and the Atlantic Ocean. It was originally Claudia: Don’t you have any hobbies?
discovered in 1502 by portuguese explorers. It has many mountains Anielka: Well, I started doing meditation.
around it and the mountains create an entrance into the bay. Claudia: I didn't know you did meditation. I do too!
Anielka: Oh, right. So, um, how often do you practice?
Mount Everest is part of the Himalayas and it is the highest point Claudia: I usually practice in the morning, but if it's really busy, then
of elevation in the world. The height measured by the peak of sometimes it's hard to find time.
the mountain is approximately 29,029 feet above sea level and it Anielka: Yeah, I know what you mean. I normally meditate once or
marks the border between China and Nepal. twice a week. I never have enough time to do it more than that.
The Northern lights, also called the “aurora borealis” are U1L3.2d
observed in the night sky. They are natural lights displayed in the
Speaker 1. Sarah’s really into painting. She likes to paint pictures of
sky and are typically above the Polar regions. From far away, the
nature. She started painting when she was four years old. She paints
lights can appear green or red and it is a wonderful picture.
passionately on the weekends. She likes to paint because it makes
her feel calm after a stressful day at work. She sells her paintings
The Paricutin Volcano is located in the Mexican state of
online.
Michoacan. It is approximately 10, 400 feet above sea level. It last
erupted in 1952.
Speaker 2. Sheila likes playing the guitar. She plays the guitar noisily.
Victoria Falls is a spectacular waterfall system located in the She’s really into rock-n-roll. She started playing the guitar when she
Zambezi River in southern Africa. Victoria Falls are not the highest was seven years old. Sheila never sings. She doesn’t like to sing. She
waterfall in the world, but some claim that it is the largest. has a bad voice, but she’s really good at playing the guitar. She wants
to be a music teacher someday.
U1L3.1a
Speaker 3. Mario sings very well. He’s passionate about singing. He
The shopping list sings loudly in the shower every morning. He sings in the car on the
Last Saturday Frank went shopping with his wife Arlen. They took way to work. He sings at work, but his co-workers don’t like it very
the car to the shopping center. There was a lot of traffic on the much. He often goes to karaoke. Mario wants to be a famous singer
road. That’s why his wife had to drive slowly. “Did you bring the someday.
shoopping list, Frank?” Arlen wanted to know. “No, I didn’t” Frank
answered quickly. “But I told you to take it.” Arlen said angrily. Speaker 4. Linda plays basketball. She’s really good at basketball.
“Sorry Arlen, but I forgot all about it,” Frank said. “Well, then you She can dribble, she can shoot, she can pass, and she can defend.
have to write a list now.” Arlen said. Frank asked worriedly, “but She likes the Chicago Bulls. Linda’s dream is to meet her favorite
you know that I can’t read or write in the car. It always makes me basketball player someday.
feel sick”.
Speaker 5. Teresa likes listening to music. She listens to music on the
“Oh, Frank, you’re terrible,” Arlen said, “then I have to write the list.
bus. She listens to pop and classical music. She wants to be a music
Where’s my bag?” “I can’t see it anywhere, Frank.” Arlen answered.
producer.
“Oh no, I left it on the kitchen table”, said Arlen nervously. “What
are we going to do about it?” “I know,” Frank suggested happily.”

English A2 Waystage
U1L3.2e 11 a box of chocolate, 12 a bowl of soup, 13 a tube of tomato paste,

14 a roll of paper, 15 a bar of butter, 16 a tray of meat, 17 a basket of
Tony: Please come in! Hi, I’m Tony McKay.
tomatoes, 18 a six pack of soda
Mindy: Hi, I’m Mindy Parks.
U2L1. 1b
Tony: It’s a pleasure to meet you.
Mindy: It’s a pleasure to meet you too. What’s your favorite sandwich?
Tony: Welcome Mindy. Thank you very much for coming today. 1 Angus: I come from the north of England and we often call
Please have a seat. May I ask you some questions? sandwiches butties. My favorite butty is made with thick slices of
Mindy: Yes of course. white bread and thick slices of warm ham with hot mustard. Yes,
Tony: Are you good at typing? warm ham! Mmmm, delicious. Would you like to try one?
Mindy: Yes, I type very fast.
Tony: I see. Are you a hard worker? 2 Ulla: I’m from Denmark, so for me it’s the open sandwich-of course,
Mindy: Yes, I work hard every day. and my favorite is with beef-thin slices, with some crispy fried onions
Tony: Okay, good! Can you speak Spanish? on the top. I love this!
Mindy: Yes, I speak Spanish very fluently. 3 Tom: Oh, the best sandwich in the world is definitely a bacon
Tony: That’s great. Are you a good driver? sandwich. Hot bacon between thin slices of white bread, and with
Mindy: Yes, I drive safely. I never speed. lots of tomato ketchup. Simple, and very, very tasty. There’s a café
Tony: Excellent. Do you have good computer skills? near where I work in London. I sometimes buy one for breakfast-
Mindy: Yes, I’m good with computers. mmm, I’d like one right now.
Tony: I have one more question Mindy. Are you punctual?
Mindy: Yes Tony. I always arrive to work on time. I’m never late. 4 Marianne: I live in Italy so my best is Italian – a ciabatta with
Tony: Great! You’re hired! chopped tomatoes, mozzarella cheese – with black olives, and basil.
Mozzarella’s my favorite cheese and I like cooking with it, I make my
U1L3.2f own sandwich.
1. The test was incredibly easy. 5 John: I was in Turkey by the sea, and a fisherman called to me”
2. Tom is frequently late for work. Come, try a Balik Ekmek” I think this means “fish in bread”. He gave
me a sandwich – it was fresh mackerel grilled and in a bread roll with
3. The music was beautifully performed.
raw onions. Fabulous!
4. The professor spoke intelligently about his subject.
5. Movies typically take about two hours from start to finish. U2L1. 1e
6. The experts are cautiously optimistic about the outcome. Speaker 1: I’m really bad at cooking. I eat a lot of fast food and ready
7. Traffic moved steadily forward. meals. I’m OK at making pasta – usually spaghetti with sauce. The one
sauce I make is tomato and mushrooms. It’s not very good, but I like it!
8. The police officers are acutely aware of the dangers they
face. So I eat a lot of pasta because it’s easy to make.
9. That car is illegally parked.
Speaker 2: My husband’s a great cook and he does all the cooking at
10. The guest specifically asked for a hotel room overlooking home. He can look in our fridge and find some vegetables and cheese
the pool. and then make a dish from it that’s wonderful to eat, like moussaka. I
don’t know how he does it. But I’m lucky to have a husband like that!
Unit Review 1
Blogging Speaker 3: My friends say I’m a good cook. I’m not sure, but I enjoy
cooking and if you enjoy doing something, you’re often good at it. I
Blogging is an interest that shows the ability to create, communicate,
think it’s fun to try new dishes and I certainly like eating the things I
network, market, and more. Just keep in mind that as a general rule,
make! Tonight I want to try a new fish dish. First you grill the fish then
personal blogs should be avoided if there is any content that's not
you make a lemon sauce. I think it’ll go well with salad I often make.
appropriate to share professionally.
Sports Speaker 4: My mother is a fantastic cook. But isn’t everyone’s mother
A reference to the sports you play on a regular basis can be a great a fantastic cook? I eat everything she makes and I always want more.
way to enhance some of the soft skills listed on your resume, such I really, really like the grilled chicken and beef she makes. My favorite
as being a team player, being able to work well with others, or is her steak with chili and lemon sauce – I love eating it warm with chili
having leadership abilities. Plus, maybe the employer has a sports and lemon sauce.
team, or supports a local one, and would be interested in a sports-
knowledgeable employee. U2L1. 2a
Art What’s in your food?
Are you creative in any way? Do you paint, take pictures, sculpt, It’s lunch time. You’re hungry. You had a chicken burger and a
or create through some other artistic medium? Creative people are strawberry miIkshake. Yum! But did you have any idea what is inside
often creative problem solvers. Companies across all industries are the food you’re eating?
always looking for creative problem solvers!
Of course, in the chicken burger there’s some chicken. There’s also
U2L1. 1a some tomato and some cheese, and there’s even some healthy salad
with it. But, there are also some extra ingredients in the chicken. For
1 A bottle of wine, 2 a gallon of orange juice, 3 a carton of milk, 4
example, there are at least seven or eight chemical additives. They
a can of soda, 5 a glass of water, 6 a cup of coffee, 7 a packet of
biscuits, 8 a bag of popcorn, 9 a jug of lemonade, 10 a jar of pickles,

Audio Script
include salt and sugar but also preservatives (to stop the food going A: None – no butter at all, just water and sugar. It looks really easy to
bad), and antioxidants (to protect the food from oxygen in the air). The make. I just boil everything together.
people who make burgers can also choose to add chemical flavours. B: Once or twice?
Some chickens also contain hormones. These hormones make the
A: Only once with this recipe! Enough chit-chat. I’m hungry! Let’s get
chickens get big quickly. And don’t forget water! Chicken burgers are
45% water. They add extra water to make the chicken look big. cooking.
And what’s inside that chocolate milkshake! It has chocolate and
U2L2. 2c
milk, right? Wrong! And what’s inside that chocolate milkshake! It has
chocolate and milk, right? Wrong! There’s some milk and sugar, but Conversation 1
there isn’t usually any real cocoa in chocolate milkshakes. Cocoa is A: I’d like some batteries, please.
expensive and it goes bad. B: What type do you want?
U2L2. 1a A: AA, please.
B: Would you like a packet of four or six?
A long and healthy life
A: Four is enough.
B: Anything else?
Everyone wants to be healthy and live for a long time. But how can we
A: No. How much is it?
do it? Some years ago, a 90 – year – old American writer gave some
B: It’s C$ 40.
advice for a long and healthy life:
A: Here you have, thanks.
1 believe in yourself, 2 keep your mind active, 3 be positive, 4 love
people and enjoy helping others. Conversation 2
A: Can I have a tube of toothpaste, please?
The women of Okinawa, in Japan, are another great example: they live
B: Small or large?
for a long time, they are very fit and they don’t have many diseases or
A: The small is fine.
heart problems. Their secret? They do some exercise every day, they
B: Anything else?
don’t have much stress in their lives and, in general, they are positive
A: No, thanks. How much is that?
and active. But of course, diet is important, too. The Okinawa women eat
B: C$ 65.
tofu, fish, green vegetables, carrots, fruit, spices and sweet potatoes.
A: Here you have, thanks.
They eat some meat, but they don’t eat any fat from the meat. And they
eat seaweed – this contains many different vitamins and minerals and
Conversation 3
is good for you heart.
A: I’m looking for a nice flash drive.
The Mediterranean diet is very healthy, too. It consists of vegetables, B: What about this one? It’s $20. 32.
tomatoes, lemons, fish, beans, garlic, cheese, yogurt, rice and pasta. A: No, that’s too much. I don’t want to spend that much.
The fat in this diet is good fat: It comes from olive oil and fish. So, what B: Well, this one is $12.75.
do these two diets tell us? A: That’s better. And I need a cellphone case for Samsung A70 as well.
B: There is one in black color.
• Don’t eat any bad fats – like fats in sweets, fried food and meat. A: Let me see it. How much is it?
• Eat healthy carbohydrates – vegetables, fruit, potatoes, rice. B: $7.32.
A: I’ll take it How much is it in total?
• Don’t use much oil in cooking. If you use oil, use a good one like B: It’s $20. 07.
olive oil. And avoid deep fried food! A: Here you have. Thanks.
• If you are a little hungry, eat an apple or a carrot – not a packet
Conversation 4
of crisps!
A: Hi what can I get you?
Eat well, live an active and stress-free life – and you will live for a long B: I’d like a latte, please.
time. A: Sure. To have here or take out?
B: Have here.
U2L2. 2a-b A: And what size do you want? Small, medium, or large?
A: I want to try this recipe. B: Medium, please.
A: Would you like anything to eat? A croissant? Some toast?
B: Which recipe do you want to try?
B: I’d like some toast, please.
A: Something sweet. Let’s see… oh yes this one, coffee and chocolate A: No problem.
sauce. Sounds really good! I can put it on ice cream. B: I’d like some honey with the toast
B: What’s in it? A: Ok, anything else?
A: Well, some coffee beans, of course. B: Yes, how much is it in total?
A: It’s $2.45 in latte and a toast $1.15. It’s $3.60 in total
B: How many do you need?
B: Can I pay by card?
A: It says you need 40. A: Yes, of course.
B: Woah! That’s a lot! And how much chocolate? A: Take a seat and I’ll bring it over.
A: Only a little. 60 grams. But I need dark chocolate, not milk chocolate.
B: How many grams of butter? Unit Review 2
Weird fruit and vegetables

English A2 Waystage
Part 1
1. Simon says… Open your notebooks
Greengrocer Margarita Jimenez looks at some of the unusual fruit and
vegetables you can buy in markets and supermarkets. 2. Simon says… Stand up
3. Simon says… Sit down
Purple carrots. Did you know that people in the past didn’t eat carrots
because they didn’t taste good? They used them for medicine, and 4. Simon says… Raise your left hand
they were white, purple, red, yellow or black. People only grew the first 5. Simon says… Go to the board
orange carrots about 500 years ago. Now markets and supermarkets 6. Simon says… Say your name
sell carrots with purple or yellow skins, but they’re still orange inside. I
7. Simon says… Clap once
don’t see the point. Close your eyes and it’s a carrot.
8. Simon says… Turn right
Strawmatoes. It’s a silly name but I like strawmatoes. It’s not a 9. Simon says… Step ahead
strawberry mixed with a tomato because you can’t do that. It’s just a
different type of tomato. They’re nice and sweet, so you can put them 10. Simon says… Step back
in desserts. U3L1. 1c
Low-carb potatoes. These are special potatoes that are very low in 1. Be confident and speak as often as possible
carbohydrates, so they’re good for you if you are in a diet. Again, what’s
2. Record yourself speaking then listen back
the point? I’d rather have normal potatoes. I f you don’t want to eat
carbohydrates, have some lettuce. 3. Listen to news bulletins and songs in English
Square watermelons. I don’t like this. I think they’re silly. The Japanese 4. Read the newspaper or a magazine out to yourself
first made square watermelons in about 2001, because round 5. Learn a new word every day
watermelons are difficult to keep in fridges. You can buy them in a few
supermarkets from United States these days. No fruit or vegetables is 6. Watch movies in English and pay attention to new vocabulary
naturally square. I eat a lot of watermelon and I prefer a nice, round 7. Make friends with English speakers
one.
8. Do interesting activities in English
Part 2
9. Debate all the topics that interest you with friends in English
Red bananas. I eat a lot of these, too. I like them because they’re
sweet. Go and buy some, but eat them quickly because they’re only 10. Use dictionaries with audio examples
good for a few days.
Purple passion fruit is delicious and is so called because it is one of U3L1. 2a
the many species of passion flower, contains a soft pulp and lots of
Dear Diana,
seeds inside a hard rind. People can eat the seeds and pulp, juice it, or
add it to other juices. Passion fruit has recently gained a lot of attention I received your letter. I`m worried about you! I`m sorry you are feeling
because it is a rich source of powerful antioxidants and may also have disappointed and angry at the same time due to the issues you have,
other health benefits. I saw for the first time in South America. understanding when somebody talks to you in English.
Pitahaya or Dragon fruit are names of a fruit of various species. Its I used to have the same problem before and I would like to share some
production has expanded to other regions of the world.The pulp of the tips that helped me out when I was in your shoes. To improve your
pitahaya contains small black seeds. Its aroma is lost when heated. listening skills, I recommend this to you.
Red pitahayas have white or red pulp; those with red pulp are more
• Maintain eye contact with the speaker
difficult to grow and therefore less frequent, although their flavor is
more intense than that of white pulp. • Keep calm
• Visualize what the speaker is saying
Purple cabbage It tastes similar to green cabbage. However, the purple
variety is richer in beneficial plant compounds that linked to health • Don't interrupt
benefits, such as stronger bones and a healthier heart. Purple cabbage • Pay attention to the speaker´s body language
is also thought to lower inflammation and protect against certain types • Pay attention to key words
of cancers. Now you can find them in markets and supermarkets as
• Ask probing questions
well.
U3L1. 1a I´m not the best at listening but these tips have helped me a lot and I´m
pretty sure will help you as well. See you soon.
Pay attention in class / Stop / Mute your cellphone / Listen carefully /
Don´t smoke / Don´t make noise / Speak English only / Do not eat or
Paola.
drink in class / Respect each other / Study at all times / Do not write on
the Wall / Do not bring weapons / Use the trash can
U3L1. 2b
U3L1. 1b
Ok guys this time we are going play the game Simon Says. The most
These are some commitments we have to stick to.
important rule is that you have to focus on what I say NOT what I do.
1. Bring your student ID card all the time.
So, ¡let´s play!

Audio Script
Mario is starting a new life now; He is hoping to enjoy his old age with
2. Listen to the teacher.
his wife. Before moving to El Crucero, He is traveling to Honduras and
3. Verify all the ID cards since the first day. Panama to visit some relatives and friends. Mario is giving all what He
worked for to his son trusting that everything is in good hands.
4. Keep a good environment in the classroom.
5. Do the homework all the time. U3L2. 2a
6. Explain and clarify everyone´s doubts. 1 travel 2 arrival 3 airport 4 baggage 5 baggage
7. Attend to class every day. claim 6 ticket 7 book a flight 8 check-in 9 credit card
10 flight 11 customs 12 hotel 13 hostess/flight attendant 14
8. Don´t introduce any type of food or drink into the classroom. take off 15 land 16 map 17 lounge 18 passport 19 metal
9. Provide a feedback after every completed lesson. detector 20 visa 21 plane 22 compass 23 caravan 24
route 25 tour 26 passenger 27 taxi 28 safari
10. Respect each other.
11. Ask for permission when going out of the classroom. U3L2.2b
12. Don´t bring weapons to the Institution. AT THE AIRPORT!

M: Did you book the hotel in Nicaragua already?
13. Pay attention to the class. D: Yes, I did, the Shuttle is going to be at Augusto C. Sandino
14. Participate as much as you can in the institution´s activities. International airport waiting for us.
G: What are we going to do first, mom?
15. Speak English all the time. M: First we need to go the check-in counter.
G: What are we going to do there?
U3L1 . 2c M: We are going to check in our bags and get our boarding passes.
Let´s go.
The Beatles- (Hey Jude). G: There is such a long queue of passengers here!
Hey Jude, don't make it bad D: Don´t worry! We won´t have to wait long. We have our tickets, visa
Take a sad song and make it better and passports ready.
Remember to let her into your heart M: Hi. We are checking in two bags.
Then you can start to make it better A: Can you put them on the scale, please?
D: Yes, sure!
Hey Jude, don't be afraid A: How many carry-on bags are you taking with you?
You were made to go out and get her M: Two as well.
The minute you let her under your skin A: Ok, here you have your boarding passes and your documents. You
Then you begin to make it better will be boarding at gate B2 at 12:10.
D: Thanks a lot!
And anytime you feel the pain, hey Jude, refrain H: Please, fasten your seat belt, because the plane is going to take
Don't carry the world upon your shoulders off soon.
For well you know that it's a fool who plays it cool
By making his world a little colder U3L2.2c
Hey Jude, don't let me down My day starts at 5 a.m. I have a lot of responsibilities because I have a
You have found her, now go and get her job, a husband and a son. When I wake up I brush my teeth and take
Remember to let her into your heart a bath. After that I iron our clothes. I get dressed and make breakfast.
Then you can start to make it better. Once we are ready around 07:00 a.m. I take my son to my mom's
house. She looks after him during the day while my husband and I are
U3L2. 1a working. When I get to work I do a lot of things there, today is a little
bit different because I was promoted so I'm moving from one office to
Mario is a famous butcher. He is hard-working, diligent and determined. another one. I'm working so hard to grow in this company. I have lunch
He always gets up at four o’clock every morning and goes and shop his at 11:30 a.m. and I get back to work at 01:00 p.m. where I continue
products. He buys all types of meat. Once he is back, He has breakfast working until 05:00 p.m. Then I drive to my mom's house to pick my
and opens the butcher shop. He is better known as Mr. friendly son up and take him back home. Once there, I make dinner and I hit
because He is so nice to everyone therefore He has many customers; the hay around 09:00 p.m.
people love buying meat at his butcher shop because He is not only
nice but also provides his customers with tips to buy the best meat U3L2. 2d
quality. After lunch He likes to chat with his favorite customers. He is
the best butcher in the area. It has been the same routine for almost 20 Hi, I'm recording this video to have a great memory of this day. I
years now. Today his daily routine is not the same. This is the last day in always wake up early with a smile on my face, however today I have
his Butcher shop. He is going to retire tomorrow. He is going to move a reason to smile even more, I'm so happy. Today I'm on my way to
to El Crucero with his wife in 2 weeks. Now his son is going to take care visit my grandpa. He is the cutest and charming grandpa in the world.
of the shop, He trusts his son therefore He is enjoying his last day, He Right now I'm driving to Rivas where he lives and He has no idea that
normally wears formal clothes I am visiting him. It's a surprise
but today he is wearing casual clothes, He is wearing his favorite shirt U3L2. 2e
and celebrating with his customers.

English A2 Waystage
Alfred is a Honduran boy, but He lives in Managua, Nicaragua. He lives such as some money, a doll, and a book if the baby picks up the money,
with his family in a cozy house. He is 15 years old and he has an older it means he or she is going to be wealthy. Reaching for the book means
brother, David, and a younger sister, Maria. He starts his day at about the baby is going to be a teacher, and picking up the doll means the
half past six in the morning. He gets up, goes to the bathroom, takes baby is going to have a lot of children one day.
a shower, brushes his teeth and gets dressed. Then, he has breakfast
Weddings. Are these newlyweds going to have good luck? Weddings
and at a quarter to eight he leaves home and catches the bus to the
around the world have different traditions, and Venezuela is no
English academy.
exception. Of course, during a wedding ceremony, couples promises
that they will always love and take care of each other. However, in
English classes begin at five past eight. After his class, he goes back
Venezuela, the bride and groom don’t always say their promises –
home. Then, he does his English homework and when he finishes
sometimes they sing them. Later during the reception, the bride and
it he helps his Mom laying the table so they have lunch at twelve
groom sneak away. If no one sees them leave, it means they are going
oćlock. Alfred is a very helpful boy, so he helps his mother cleaning up
to have good luck in their marriage. And that seems to be something
everything after lunch. He usually watches TV for a while after dinner
that all these traditions have in common – they are all means to bring
and at about ten o’clock he brushes his teeth again, puts on his Spider
good luck.
Man pajamas and goes to bed.
U4L1.2a
Review Unit 3
Protect yourself and others around you by knowing the facts and taking 1 grow up 2 get a present 3 get a degree or diploma 4 go out for a
appropriate precautions. Follow advice provided by your local health romantic dinner 5 get married 6 take a language course 7 finish
authority. Check with your local health authority for the most relevant high school 8 have a baby 9 retire 10 celebrate a birthday 11
guidance for your region. see old friends 12 have vacations 13 study a major 14 get a salary
raise 15 watch a romantic film 16 get engaged 17 travel 18 be
To prevent the spread of COVID-19: promoted 19 get a job 20 get a house
1. Maintain a safe distance from others, even if they don’t appear
to be sick. U4L1.2b-c
2. Wear a mask in public, especially indoors or when physical Conversation 1
distancing is not possible.
Freddy: What about next year? What are you going to do?
3. Choose open, well-ventilated spaces over closed ones. Open Arlen: I finally decided yesterday. Well, I don’t really want to continue
a window if indoors. studying. I’d like to do some traveling, so I’m not going to go to
4. Clean your hands often. Use soap and water, or an alcohol- university next year.
based hand rub. Freddy: Go travelling? Nice idea – but that costs a lot of money.
Arlen: I’ve saved a bit of money. But you don’t need a lot. Look! I found
5. Get vaccinated when it’s your turn. Follow local guidance about this website: job around the world vacations. Well, you can go to some
vaccination. places and get free food and accommodation – you just have to do a
6. Cover your nose and mouth with your bent elbow or a tissue bit of work.
when you cough or sneeze. Freddy: I don’t know… I heard you work really hard on those things.
Arlen: But look at this one. I’m going to email and ask about it. It looks
7. Stay home if you feel unwell. so beautiful there close to the mountains and I love drawing, so it’s
perfect.
Freddy: But What about …what about all our friends? I mean, university
U4L1.1a
starts next year.
CELEBRATIONS AROUND THE WORLD Arlen: I know, sorry. It starts for everyone, but not for me.
Although people around the world celebrate many of the same events,
they sometimes celebrate these special days quite differently. We Conversation 2
found some interesting and unique traditions for celebrating New Luisa: I want to try something different for a while. I’m going to leave
Year’s Eve, birthdays, and weddings. this job.
Francisco: Get a new one?
New Year’s Eve. What’s the new year going to bring? In Mexico, people Luisa: No, I want to go away and have some fun.
celebrate the start of the mew year by getting together with friends and Francisco: Ah, so a vacation.
family. On New Year’s Eve, they have a special dinner. Then, when the Luisa: Yes, a very long vacation. Look at this website…
clock strikes midnight, everyone starts eating grapes – one for each Francisco: job around the world vacation…
month of the next year. A sweet grape means the month is going to Luisa: There are some interesting things on it.
be a good one. If a grape is sour, then the month is not going to be so Francisco: …free accommodation and food…but no pay.
good. Luisa: No, but it doesn’t matter. Look at this job I read about. I’m going
to find out more about it. It’s in such as amazing place. I can go to the
Birthdays. What’s this baby’s future? In China, there’s an interesting
beach every day.
birthday traditions for infants. A baby is one-year-old on the day he or
Francisco: It says you have to spend a lot of time with children. Do you
she is born. One year later, friends and relatives get together for the
baby’s second birthday. They put several objects in front of the baby,

Audio Script
even like children? without your umbrella! The temperature is around 10º centigrade. In the
Luisa: Yeah, I love them. east it’s rainy all day today, I’m afraid. There may be a thunderstorm in
Francisco: And do you know how to teach? the afternoon. The temperature is a bit higher, at around 13º centigrade.
Luisa: I’m sure I can learn. In the west and middle of the country the weather is dry, but cloudy.
So no rain for you, but it is quite windy and the temperature is just 10º
U4L1.2e centigrade. The south of the country has the best weather today. It’s
cloudy most of the time but sunny this afternoon. The temperature is
A: Hello!
around 15º centigrade.
B: Hi, how are you?
A: I’m good. What’s up?
U4L2. 1.d
B: We need to meet. I have an important thing I need to tell you about.
A: Oh, really? 1. Dallas had snow last week and it continues to be colder than
B: When are you free? usual. Today, it will be cloudy, and the high will only be 6 degrees.
A: Let me think. Well, I’m having lunch with an important client on The low tonight will be zero.
Monday, maybe later in the evening.
2. Expect strong winds in Miami today because of a big storm
B: Oh! I can’t I have a date with my boyfriend. We’re having dinner
off the coast. The storm will probably bring heavy rainfall of 3
together.
inches or more. The high will be 29 degrees, but it will feel cooler
A: How about Tuesday I’m taking a day off so I have plenty of time.
because of the wind.
B: Well, maybe; oh no I can’t. I’m meeting Rafael for lunch and I’m also
having a meeting with my boss, so I’ll be busy. 3. Chicago is under a severe winter storm warning. The city is
A: I can meet you on Wednesday I have other plans. expected to get 20 centimeters of snow today, with a low
B: Ok what are you doing on Thursday? temperature of minus 15 centigrade. Don’t go out unless you
A: I’m picking up my kids from school at 3 p.m. and what are your plans? have to!
B: Well, let’s see. I have yoga in the morning I’m picking up my laundry 4. Phoenix is sunny and hot, as usual, with very dry air coming in
at 1:30, then I’m visiting my parents at 2:30 from the desert. It may get up to 30 degrees today.
A: So, why don’t we meet later in the afternoon say 4 or 5?
B: Perfect let’s meet at Jeff’s café at 5:00 p.m. 5. There will be a lot of sunshine in Honolulu today. The high
A: It’s a deal. See you! temperature will be 26 degrees. It won’t be much cooler tonight,
B: See you! with a low of 23 degrees and no wind … a great day for camping
on the beach!
U4L1.2f
A: Hello! U4L2. 1e
B: Oh hi Yuritza! How are you? 1.
A: Good, really good. I’m on my way home, what are you doing A: What’s the weather like?
tomorrow night? B: The temperature is going down, and it’s turned very windy. I think
B: Actually I don’t think I’m doing anything. Oh wait Tomorrow is it’s going to rain a lot tonight.
Tuesday. I have my art class at 7 o’clock and then I’m meeting Sofia,
2.
afterwards we’re going to have dinner together but yeah I’d love to
A: What’s the weather like now?
catch up with you. How about Wednesday night?
B: It’s much warmer now than it was this morning. And the wind has
A: I’m going to be out of town for a couple of days but, I will be back on
stopped, too. I think I’ll go out for a walk.
Friday. What about Friday?
B: Uh oh! I just remember, my boss is going to have us work late on 3.
Friday. We have this big deadline. And, I think we won’t be finished on A: Is it nice outside?
time it’s a long story. I’ll tell you about it some time. B: It was nice when I got up this morning, but now the sky is very
A: Tonight, actually I’m not doing anything. What do you think about dark. I think it’s going to rain.
going to a restaurant? 4.
B: That’s a great idea. I can pick you up at 7:30. A: What’s it like outside?
A: Great! B: It’s getting very windy now. I don’t think it’s a good idea to go out.
I think we’re going to have a bad storm.
U4L2. 1.a 5.
1 (partly) cloudy 2 foggy 3 hailing 4 overcast 5 rainy 6 snowy 7 A: Is it a nice day today?
stormy 8 sunny 9 wet 10 windy 11 cold/chilly 12 cool 13 freezing 14 B: It’s much nicer now. It was so cold and windy this morning, but it’s
hot 15 warm 16 dry (weather) 17 lightning 18 rainbow 19 thunder 20 really nice outside now. And it’s getting warmer, too.
tornado 6.
U4L2. 1.b A: What’s it like outside today?
B: It was cold and wet earlier, but now it’s stopped raining and the
News reporter: Here is the weather.
sun is coming out.
Weather reporter: Welcome to the weather forecast. Now, let’s see 7.
what the weather is like today. In the north of the country it’s very windy A: What’s the weather like?
and cold. There is a chance of some rain too, so don’t leave home B: It was terrible this morning when I woke up—very hot and humid.
I’m glad it’s getting cooler now.

English A2 Waystage
8. • In October 1987, a BBC weather man said, tonight it will be a little

A: Is it still snowing? windy. That night, a big storm hit the south of England. There
B: It sure is. We’re going to have a really bad snowstorm. Let’s not were winds at 190 kilometers per hour.
go out today.
U4L2.1g REVIEW UNIT 4

Robots
A: Ok I think I have a good understanding on what you do. Do you mind
if I ask you some specific questions how about likely something would When will we have robots? We already have many kinds of robots!
be in the future? Industries use a variety of robots and now robots are becoming more
B: Not at all. common in the home.
A: I read once the people will store their minds on the computers in
the future The Husqvarna company makes a lawn mowing robot called the Auto
B: Oh yes, I think they quite likely do it, maybe in fifty years away yes Mower. The robot has sensors that detect where objects are in the
but quite likely. yard and it maneuvers around them. The robot can cut the grass
A: Wow! How about this? There will be brain transplants while you relax on the patio with a glass of lemonade! Also, Eureka
B: Again I think probably there will. There will be a lot of changes in now makes a robotic vacuum cleaner. Like the robot lawn mower,
medicine in the future. the vacuum cleaner automatically detects where the furniture is and
A: Amazing! What about time travel? We see that in science fictions vacuums around it.
movies all the time.
B: I think that won’t be possible at all. Cars are becoming robots now that many cars have GPS (Global
A: Let’s talk more about computers. Will they have emotions? Positioning Systems) on them. A car with a GPS system can give you
B: Yes, probably I think some time in the future they will. directions on how to go somewhere, tell you where the closest gas
A: Fascinating. Many people want to live forever. Is that likely? station is, and, some day in the future, will drive itself. You will take a
B: I have to say no. Even though life expectancy has improved quite a nap or read while the car drives itself to your destination.
lot recently there will always be a limit for human kind…
A: Wow that’s so interesting! However, we need to take a quick break We even have robotic pets now. The Sony company makes a robotic
we will get back after this sponsor ad. dog named Aibo that can sit, stand, and walk like a regular dog but
can also communicate and take pictures! Aibo understands certain
U4L2. 2a commands, like a dog does, such as "Sit down", "Stand up", "Turn right",
etc. If you ask Aibo a question such as "How old are you?", its eyes will
GETTING THE FUTURE WRONG! flash the number of years old it is. Aibo is also a great guard dog. He
People love reading predictions. They love looking into the future. can patrol the yard and take pictures with a built in camera of anything
They want to know what will or won’t Happen – tomorrow, next week, suspicious.
next year, in the next century.
U5L1. 1a
But predictions are not always right – they can go very, very wrong!
Here are some of our favorite predictions that went wrong. Julissa called her friend Cindy and invited her to a BBQ on Saturday
afternoon. Cindy eagerly accepted. She told Julissa she would have to
• In 1859, a man called Edwin Drake wanted to drill for oil. A bring her son, Jimmy. Jimmy was ten and still a bit young to be left on
worker said, Drill for oil? You mean make a hole in the ground to his own. Julissa said not biggie Jimmy was a good boy.
find oil? You’re crazy. It won’t work.
• In 1872, the US President Rutherford B. Hayes, looked at On Saturday afternoon, Cindy and Jimmy arrived at 3 oćlock, as
Alexander Bell’s new telephone and said, it’s a great invention, agreed. Jimmy went straight up to Julissa´s bedroom and played
but who will want to use it? cellphone games. Julissa served a lovely meal to all her guests. Jimmy
ate his meal upstairs. The two friends gossiped and had a wonderful
• In 1899, a top British scientist said, Radio has not future, and time together. Cindy and Jimmy left at eleven oćlock.
X-rays won’t work.
• In 1908, a French general said, Aeroplanes are interesting toys The next day in the morning, Julissa went to get her credit card. It was
– but they’ll never be important for war. in her purse that she left the credit card in her bedroom. She needed to
go shopping to the supermarket. She looked for it in every single place
• In 1927, the head of Warner Brothers Film Company said, from her bedroom and in the whole house as well, with no success.
Talking? Actors making in films? Nobody will want that! She didn't find the credit card, so she took a deep breath and started
• In 1943, the head of IBM said, in the future perhaps five people thinking wisely, so she remembered that Cindy's son spent the whole
will buy a computer. evening in her bedroom. She got mad and decided to call Cindy to
blame it on Jimmy, saying that Jimmy was a bad egg and stole her
• In 1949, a writer in a magazine wrote about computers. He said, credit card. In the middle of the discussion, Julissa looked straight to
in the future, it’s possible that computers will only weigh about the television cabinet and her credit card was there.
1.5 tons.
U5L1. 2a
• In 1962, a man at Decca Records listened to a tape and said. 1. sail a rowboat. 2. fly a helicopter. 3. go to the market. 4. go to
We don’t like it. People won’t buy this music. The tape was by the festival. 5. act in a drama. 6. sing in karaoke. 7 go to concert.
8 travel abroad. 9 ride a horse 10 dive in the ocean. 11 get robbed.
agroup called The Beatles.
12. hike mountains. 13. practice windsurfing. 14. parachuting. 15
surf waves. 16. motorcycle race.

Audio Script
U5L1. 2b
My holiday experience.
7 census 8 century 9 civilization 10 constitution 11 dynasty 12 empire
In December 2020, we had holiday from the 1st to the 15th of the month. 13 fossil 14 king 15 migration 16 millennium 17 pyramid 18 queen
I had an interesting holiday. Me and my family traveled to Ecuador. Dad 19 research 20 revolution 21 suffrage 22 technology 23 tribe 24
and mom saved as much money as they could in two years for us to urbanization 25 weapons 26 war 27 printing press 28 slavery 29
have our dreamed holiday and they made it happen. I couldn´t believe decade 30. castle
I was traveling abroad, I was excited. We visited interesting places like
The Nariz del Diablo, or “Devil’s Nose” where we had a tour through U5L2. 1b
the characteristic Andean landscapes by train.
A horror story.
After that we visited Otavalo Market where we bought some handiwork Hi, I'm Lucas. One of these days I was walking my dog, Silver. It was
crafted by local artisans, my dad felt lucky because he found clothes around 08:20 p.m. approximately, when suddenly lights went off, it
made by indigenous people, and lastly we went to Galapagos Islands was starting to get dark. We had a power outage in the area. So we
where we visited the beach and also the giant tortoises, I didn´t know continued walking. I don't know why I was feeling cold, we walked by
that the oldest Galapagos tortoise on record lived to be 175 with 5 an abandoned small house in which people say a queen used to live
feet tall and more than 500 ponds. To be honest my favorite part was after losing her castle. When Silver ran off and went into the house. I
when I took some photos with the tortoises. It was and unforgettable called out him, but he didn't come back.
experience.
I walked towards the house and went through an open door, I was
U5L1. 2c really scared. I was looking for Silver when I thought a saw the shape
of a queen, I thought it was a ghost, but when I walked closer, I realized
My Summer Vacations.
that it was just a white curtain that was blowing in the wind. I was
In April 2019, I had the first vacations of the year ¨summer vacations¨ calling Silver's name when I heard a crash from one of the rooms. I
so I decided to talk to my friends from high school to plan a trip to was terrified.
another department within the country. I had Ometepe Island or Corn
Island in mind, but when I talked to my friends about it; they said that I was walking into the room to see what was going on when a black cat
going to either one of those places would be expensive, and they ran past me, then I heard Silver barking in the backyard and I thought
were right. At the end we agreed going camping to Momotombo he was in danger but He was playing around and digging up bones
volcano, it might sound a little crazy to go camping instead of going in the garden. I grabbed Silver's leash and ran back home as fast as
to the beach, but we wanted to do something different this year. I could.
The first day was funny, let me tell you about it. We rented a Van, we
put all our stuff in and we drove straight to the volcano, once we got U5L2. 1c
there we pitched the tents in the middle of the nature, we spent a The Lady's ghost.
great time in the afternoon. At night, the girls prepared the dinner,
and we burned a firewood, after dinner we told horror stories for It was just before midnight on November 2nd last year. Imara Vargas
almost two hours, by that time we were so scared that one of the was driving home after visiting her mom through a curved road named
guys played the guitar and the girls started singing to forget about la concha, even it was clear; She was driving carefully. Suddenly, out
it and avoid nightmares. of nowhere, an old lady stepped out in front of her.
U5L1. 2d The old lady was wearing a white gown and carrying a stick. Imara
My first adventure. stepped hard on the brake pedal but it was too late. She got out of the
car but, to her surprise, there was nobody there. While she was looking
When I was 10 my father took me in his arms and said: you can do under the car, she felt a cold wind on her face and a strange presence
anything you want with your life, but don´t forget to enjoy your days; it´s that sent shivers down her spine. She scared but she was still looking
better to be remembered for the life you lived not for the money you under her car when a middle-aged man from the area, walked up to
made so I want to tell you about the first adventure I had. her and asked her if she needed help to start her car so she told him
what had happened. He didn't seem surprised when Imara was telling
When I turned 19 I decided to go on adventure, I traveled to the him about the old lady.
neighbor country Honduras. I didn´t know anybody in that country so I
packed and took a bus straight to the country. When I got there I asked The man told her that In November 1995, there was a car accident on
to the locals what place to visit and they recommended me to visit this road and an old lady was fatally run over. You're not the first to
Roatan, bay Islands so I started searching on internet how to get there. have seen her ghost here, the lady's ghost was always wandering on
I made it, first I went to the Museum; then I visited the Roatan Institute this road for decades. He said in a mysterious tone.
of Marine Sciences where I swam with dolphins, practiced snorkeling,
and the last thing I did and my favorite was deep-sea fishing, I even met U5L2. 1d
new people. Everything I did was an amazing experience.
The Haunted hospital
U5L2. 1a Hi, I'm Gabriel. Last summer we went to La paz, Carazo for a holiday.
One day it was raining and my parents went shopping, so my sister
1 agriculture 2 ancient 3 archaeology 4 archives 5 artefact 6 caveman
Abby and I visited the hospital that was abandoned in the 18th century.

English A2 Waystage
We were looking at the waiting room when suddenly, we heard a Cindy: Yes, I was not enjoying the meeting and I don't really like doing
horrible noise. It came from a small room next to the cardiology research. But it needed to be done.
department. We were feeling scared and nervous but we decided to Alex: I agree with you on that. No research - no business, No business
get in. Our eyes were blinking and our bodies shaking when we saw – no money, No money – no honey.
a horrible figure! It was a woman. She was wearing a white gown and
she was also bleeding from her hands. Her hair was black and she
was head down. Even when we couldn't see her face we felt like she REVIEW UNIT 5
was angrily looking at us. Billy the ghost was living in a haunted house. He passed away in the
A.D. 15th century. He was always scaring people who were visiting his
After that, we heard a baby crying desperately. Suddenly she house making frightening noises all the time. He was always staying
disappeared. We ran out of the hospital, we were running so fast, awake for not missing a chance to terrify visitors. He was floating near
that we fell off. I was heavily breathing; we were dead tired when we the ceiling all over the house. People were not able to see him because
got home. We started telling our parents what happened but they did he was invisible. When he was wearing his skeleton costume, people
not believe us. could see that his heart was beating underneath. I heard last time he
was feasting on dead bats and spiders for breakfast. He was waiting
U5L2. 2a for more people to scare.
What are you doing to help Nature?
U6L1. 1a
Last year our academy, Centro Tecnologico de Idiomas (CTI) was
taking part in the program "Let's Save Nature." This program tried 1 go camping 2 meet a famous person 3 play an instrument 4
to help both animals and plants in our countryside, beaches and run a marathon 5 eat at a fancy restaurant 6 drive a sport car 7
mountains. climb a mountain 8 work as volunteer 9 have a baby 10 speak
other language 11 swim in the ocean
Animals and plants were disappearing because we humans were not
taking care of them. We were throwing our rubbish in the sea, on U6L1. 1b
the streets and in the country. The animals were getting trapped in Conversation #1
plastic bags, or getting ill because they were eating plastic wrappers. Man: Have you ever been to Asia?
Plants were dying because we were throwing chemicals and rubbish Woman: Yes, I have. Many times.
in the forests. Forest fires were also killing thousands of animals and Man: Where have you been?
plants. Woman: I have been to Japan, Korea and China.
Man: Have you been to Indonesia?
The whole institution was part of this beautiful program. Students, Woman: No, I haven’t been there yet!
teachers, janitors, and all the different departments were doing
everything to save nature. It was an amazing experience, changes Conversation #2
were made and now we can say it was working, it works and it will Man: Have you ever eaten Japanese food?
always work if we do it together. Woman: I have. I have eaten lots of Japanese food.
Man: What foods have you eaten?
U5L2. 2d Woman: I’ve eaten sushi, ramen, and yaki-soba.
Man: Have you tried natto?
Cindy: I phoned you yesterday afternoon but you didn't answer? Woman: No, I haven’t, but I’ve heard it’s disgusting.
Where were you?
Alex: I was working in another room when you called. I didn't hear Conversation #3
the phone ringing until it was too late. I was not paying attention to Man: Have you seen the new Star Wars movie?
it at that moment. Woman: Yes, I have seen them all.
Cindy: What were you working on? Man: Have you seen all the Spiderman movies?
Woman: No, I haven’t. Have you?
Alex: I was printing a report that I needed to send to the headquarters.
Man: Yes, I have seen them all except the latest one.
Why did you call?
Woman: Oh, I’ve seen that one! It’s good!
Cindy: I was looking for Cris and couldn't find him. Do you know
where he was? Conversation #4
Alex: Cris was driving to college. Man: Have you been to the new café?
Cindy: Oh, I see. What did you do yesterday? Woman No, I haven’t. I haven’t had time. Have you?
Man: I have. It is really nice, but I’ve only been there once.
Alex: I met the representatives from INATEC in the morning. In the Woman: I’ve heard it is really nice.
afternoon, I worked on the report and was just finishing when you Man: It is! They have a nice service!
phoned. What were you doing yesterday?
Cindy: Well, at 9 I was having a meeting with Ms. Hernandez. After
that, I did some research.
Alex: Sounds like a boring day!

Audio Script
U6L1. 1c-d Interviewer: the band has created its own sound over the last five
years, hasn’t it?
A: Hi Arlen! Are you and Yuritza ready for your trip?
Jody: Yeah: we’ve worked hard on our music- we want to be unique.
B: Yeah Cinthya, nearly, we leave next Monday for Chile.
Interviewer: have sales of the new album been good?
A: Ah, Chile, I’ve been to Chile many times.
Jody: I’m not sure. I’m not really interested in that side of it.
B: Well, I’ve never been there. It’s my first time in South America.
Interviewer: are you looking forward to the final gig tonight in the
A: Really! What about your friend Yuritza?
college hall?
B: She’s been to Colombia and Uruguay, but she hasn’t been to Chile.
Jody: yes, and no. It’ll be a great gig-probably the best of this year.
A: Ah, Colombia and Uruguay. I’ve been there, too. I studied in
But I’m sorry the tour’s over-we’ve had a really good time. We haven’t
Colombia for a year before I went to work in Panama. Have you ever
argued. We’ve played well. I’ve loved it. Even the weather’s been good!
been to Panama?
But we need to concentrate on our exams now!
B: No, I haven’t. I haven’t travelled much at all, so I’m really excited.
A: Oh, I’ve been to The Caribbean so many times and I’ve …
Since our interview last week, the band has had a big bust up
B: I’m sure you have, Cinthya. Oh dear, look at the time Yuritza is
The college gig didn’t go well. The lead guitarist and the pianist didn’t
waiting for me. We’ve got so much to do. Bye Cinthya. We’ll send you
play well. They were really tired and didn’t try very hard. Jody was really
a postcard.
mad. “When students have paid all that money for a ticker, we have to
play well” she said next morning. “Some fans have waited a year to see
U6L1. 1e
us. I feel terrible” So she’s left the band. At riff magazine we hope it’s
I’m really excited about my trip to South America. I haven’t travelled only temporary.
much outside Nicaragua before. Just once, to Costa Rica, two years
ago. I went on vacation to Costa Rica with my Family, but I’ve never been U6L2. 1a
to South America or North America. I often travel inside Nicaragua. Last
The dancer
year I travel to Siuna to visit my parents, who live there It’s an 8 hours
The Dancer Fans love to watch Hector, for he dances beautifully. Hector
travel from Masaya, where I live. Nicaragua is a small country! Also, I’ve
performs with a giant fan, and people are captivated by his creative and
been up to Jalapa in the North three times. Yuritza and I just finished
magical performance. He doesn't dance in the traditional way, nor does
packing, and now we’re waiting for the taxi to take us to the airport. I’ve
he wants to. His technique is very precise, but the effect is breezy. He
never flown on a 450 before. It’s a very long flight. It takes 3 hours to
can relax an audience with the easy flow of his movement, or he can
get to Chile. I’m going to watch films all the way. I can’t wait!
shock them with a vibrant color change of his fan and costume. Other
dancers try to imitate his style, yet they have not succeeded. He is
U6L1. 1f
imaginative and talented, so he will attract fans for many years to come.
A: Wow, look at that bird!
B: It’s really beautiful, isn’t it? U6L2. 2a
A: It sure is. This restaurant is one of my favorite places.
February 22nd 2015
B: Yeah, that really is a beautiful view of the park.
A: Are you into hiking and nature? Dear Arlen,
B: Yeah, I am. I grew up in a small town in Australia called Bodin. How are you? I hope you are fine. It has been a long time since I last saw
A: Australia? I have never been there, but I really want to go. you and that’s why I decided to send this letter to you, so I can tell about
B: It’s really a great place, mate. one of my trips to Europe.
A: Have you ever seen any poisonous snakes?
B: Yeah mate! They are everywhere. I travelled during December last year. First I went to Paris and let me tell
A: Have you ever eaten crocodile meat? you that I had lots of fun, since some of my friends travelled with me: I
B: Yeah, I have tried it a few times but I’m not a big fan. had never been to Paris before. We stayed there for three weeks, but
A: Wow, interesting. What does it taste like? given the fact that we were too tired in the first day of our arrival, we just
B: It tastes like chicken, but it’s a little chewy. wanted to get some sleep.
A: I see. Are you into rugby? The next day we decided to go up the Eiffel Tower. The experience of
B: I love it mate! I’m a huge fan of rugby. seeing Paris from above was wonderful, so we decided to take a lot of
pictures from there. Later I had one of those tasty crepes you used to
U6L1. 2a talk a lot about, and finally we went back to the hotel we were staying
Black rose is our college’s biggest band right now. Jody, Ed, Frank and at.
Fliss got together at college in 2003. Since then, they’ve done four During the first week we visited The Louvre Museum and The Arch of
tours of the south west and they’ve released two CDs on the college Triumph, then we took a boat tour to Sena lake. We had a special dinner
label. They’ve had three tracks played in the national radios. They’ve paired with a glass of champagne, and lastly we took a train to the south
just finished a tour at the Swan theatre, the football ground and the of France, which is actually very close to Spain.
Nag’s head pub in town. On the day before the last gig, we talked to
lead singer, Jody. That week was horrible because I got ill, so I had to stay in bed for
five days; my friends had a great time in that place, and they bought
Interviewer: Has the tour gone well? souvenirs and went places, while I just watched the TV in the hotel’s
Jody: It’s been great the fans have been amazing. They’ve liked our room or read some of the travel guides.
new songs as well as the old ones.

English A2 Waystage
I was fully recovered after that week, and I proposed to go to Barcelona Listening
and then to Madrid. Finally, my friends and I decided it was better to
stay in Barcelona since there were a lot of interesting places to visit. Conversation #1
I promise to see you in London on our next visit. Take care: I hope to Man: I like this soup, it’s so yummy, yet healthy.
hear from you soon. Woman: It is good, but it is high in sodium.
Man: Yeah, but it has lots of veggies.
Love, Woman: True but it’s not cheap, nor easy to make.
Juan. Man: OK, don’t you like it?
Woman: I do. I am just being honest.
U6L2. 2c
Conversation #2
Cinthya: Hello Juan, tell me where did you stay? Man: Where will you go for summer?
Juan: I went on a trip to France in December. Woman: I am not sure yet.
Cinthya: Really! Where did you go? Man: I will go to the beach or to a lake.
Juan: I visited the Cathedral Woman: I would go, but my son has school.
Cinthya: Which cities did you go, too? Man: He has school in summer.
Juan: First, we went to Paris, then we visited the south of France, and Woman: Yeah, he has to go to school this summer or he will not
finally we bought souvenirs and went places. What about you? Have graduate.
you been anywhere this year?
Cinthya: Yes, actually I have. Last summer i also went to France with Conversation #3
my family Man: What will you do tomorrow?
Juan: How was your trip? Woman: I have to work, but I finish early.
Cinthya: It was basically long and boring. First, we went to a campsite Man: I don’t work, so I will go somewhere.
near Marseille, but it was horrible. Woman: Where will you go?
Juan: Why? What happened? The south of France is beautiful. Man: I think to the forest, for the leaves are changing colors now.
Cinthya: It was a disaster, because we set to the tent, but it was the bad Woman: Well, have a good time and take lots of pictures.
weather, and strong wind blew up tent down the first day, then it was Conversation #4
very cold and there was not water in the countryside and the restrooms Man: Do you go out much?
were a mess. I also lost my wallet and I couldn’t buy souvenirs. Woman: No, I don’t drink and I don’t like crowds.
Juan: What a terrible experience! What did you do, then? Man: Yeah, me too. I like staying home.
Cinthya: After that we decided to go to another countryside and it Woman: So what do you do? Watch movies?
was better and more comfortable. The shower was very properly and Man: No, I don’t like movies, nor do I like TV shows, so I tend to read
everything was very clean. The best thig about it was the pool, the sun a lot.
came up again and I made new friends. Woman: Sounds boring, but to each his own.
Juan: Amazing! And did you visit many places?
Cinthya: Yes, my family and I visited Marseille Cathedral and later we U7L1. 1a
had a delicious lunch and I took a lots of pictures. In the end we had
a great time. I think I’ll go with my friends next time. Would you like to 1.water the plants 2. hang up the laundry 3. fold the laundry 4. feed
go with us? the dog 5. take a taxi 6. wait for the bus 7. paint a picture 8. phone
Juan: Sure! people 9. take a break 10. walk the dog 11. Take out the garbage
12. sweep the floor 13. rake the leaves 14. iron the clothes 15. press
the red button 16. dust the house 17. read the news 18. squeeze the
REVIEW UNIT 6 lemon 19. cut the hair 20. Clean the window 21.cut the grass 22.
do the dishes 23. paint the house
Reading
The most exciting and scary thing I’ve ever done is fly in a small 4-seater U7L1. 1b
plane. The pilot was the boyfriend of my best friend. It was a very Carlos: Good morning, teacher Juan, how are you doing?
beautiful day and we decided to go for a ride- but in a little propeller Teacher Juan: Good morning, Carlos. I am doing well. And you?
plane. I had never been in such a small plane before. My friend, Susan Carlos: I’m great, thank you. This is my friend Emma. She is thinking
sat in the co-pilots seat. During the flight her boyfriend asked her if about applying to this institute. She has a few questions. Would you
she would like to fly the plane. While she was at the controls, the pilot, mind telling us about the process, please?
Jason kept saying things like - if you turn the wings a little more to the Teacher Juan: Hello, Emma! It’s a pleasure to meet you. I´m about to
right they will snap off and if you turn them to the left we will crash. I was start teaching, so I’m a little bit busy at this time, but I´ll be more than
so scared! I didn’t know if he was kidding or if it was really true. Finally, glad to talk to you about it if you stop by my office in 2 hours.
after what seemed like a week Jason took over the controls again. Still Emma: It’s a pleasure to meet you, teacher. Thank you so much for
it was a very smooth and pleasant flight. There were no bumps at all. helping us.
But I was pretty scared when my friend was flying the plane, and I was Teacher Juan: Don’t mention it. Hopefully, I will be able to answer your
very glad to be on solid ground again. I never had the opportunity to be questions!
in such a small plane ever again, but I would be glad to do so.

Audio Script
U7L1. 1c
Mom: Jader! Jader! Wake up, it's 10 o'clock and you keep sleeping. moves because no one knows if they might end up in a situation
Jader: zzZ (no response). where they have to use them. Through taekwondo, I have developed
the speed in which to react when someone throws a punch and I have
Mom: Jader! It's the third time I call you, wake up right away. learned how to get out of grabs and holds and I know I can learn even
Jader: Mom! Let me continue sleeping for a while, please. I'm still more. I could choose another martial art, but I love Taekwondo.
sleepy.
Mom: I don't care! I need you to go to run some errands, so hurry up! What do I like the most about my taekwondo training? I can enjoy
every lesson I go to, I am guaranteed to learn something new and no
Jader: Why don't you tell Daisy to go?
taekwondo lesson is ever the same. As well as that, all the instructors
Mom: Did you forget Daisy study in the morning shift? She's at school are awesome. It has also developed my character and my personality.
already. I’m very shy and I didn’t think that I could be training for as long as I
Jader: Mom, I'm tired of being the only one who does everything in this have been. Taekwondo has definitely improved my self-confidence.
house, I wash the car, I walk and feed the dog, I do the dishes, I take
out the garbage, I clean the house and can continue with the list. I wish My main goal in taekwondo is to achieve my black belt, which I will
I could be an adult and stop doing this all the time. continue to strive to reach. My favorite taekwondo-based quote is
“Don’t limit your challenges, challenge your limits” because it’s such
a simple yet powerful message that is able to teach us not to give up
Mom: Well. Do you want avoid doing this? Then, study hard, so you on our dreams.
can find a job and make your own money. You're still living in my house
and while you're still here, you need to do what I ask you to do. Period! To conclude, I’m enjoying my taekwondo journey and I am glad that
it has helped to shape the person that I am today. I can’t imagine my
U7L1.2a life without it.
Promoting your employees is really important to continue growing as a
company, it creates loyalty and motivates employees to keep working U7L2. 2a
hard. Some companies look for their candidates outside, probably 1.fishing 2. riding a horse 3. swimming 4. riding a bike 5. flying a kite
because their own employees are not qualified for a higher position. 6. skateboarding 7. drawing 8. watching TV 9. going to the cinema
But, when you have the right people that fit the position´s requirement. 10. cooking 11. traveling 12. shopping 13. walking the dog 14. playing
The best thing to do is to promote your employees and replace their phone games 15. reading 16. hanging out with friends 17. dancing 18.
positions with somebody else. making videos 19. taking photos 20. singing 21. listening to music 22.
playing the drums 23. playing the guitar 24. working out 25. playing
Most of the cases, the Operation Manager starts posting the positions soccer
available in the different areas or departments, so that the inside
candidates can check the requirements and apply. U7L2. 2b
Here you have some tips on how to apply for a higher position in your
Cindy: Hi Daniel! What are you doing?
workplace:
Daniel: Hi Cindy! I´m trying to cook.
• Start rehearsing for your interviews. Cindy: Can you cook?
Daniel: Not really. What about you? Can you cook?
• Start collecting information of the position you´re applying
Cindy: Yes, I can. I can cook delicious fish and chicken.
for.
Daniel: Wow, that's great. Can you help me cooking?
• Try practicing good manners and social skills. Cindy: Oh! I´m sorry, I can´t. Not at this time.
• Try projecting confidence when talking. Daniel: That´s ok, I can always order a pizza
Cindy: That´s a good idea
• Avoid hesitating when answering questions. Daniel: Well, I´m going to ask for a delivery because I can´t go out of
the house.
• Avoid going around the bushes. Cindy: Well, I have to go. See you later Daniel.
Daniel: Bye Cindy, take care.
U7L2. 1a
U7L2. 2c
My Taekwondo journey
Felix: So what can you do?
My name is Kenia and I’ve been practicing taekwondo for over seven Gaby: I can draw, and I can paint really well too. I can also speak
years now and I am a green belt. I would like to share how taekwondo English and Korean. How about you?
has helped me develop as a person and provided me with self-defense Felix: I can play chess and I can design computer programs. I can also
techniques that can save lives. speak English and Spanish.
Gaby: Excellent! Can you play any instrument?
To begin, I am going to talk about taekwondo as a self-defense martial Felix: Yes, I can play the piano. How about you?
art, you can call it a sport if you want to, but that is what it is “a self- Gaby: No I can't, but I can play the guitar.
defense martial art”. In a world where we are exposed more and more
to the dangers of crime, it is important to know a few self-defense

English A2 Waystage
U7L2. 2d it. Another idea: take a garlic clove and put it on the tooth. Both these
Sarahí: Hi Julio! Are you coming to the BBQ we have today? ideas help me nine times out of ten. But if they don’t work for you, you
Julio: Yes, could I go with my girlfriend? should go to a dentist.
Sarahí: Sure! Don´t forget to bring a sweater, it can be very cold at
Jinotepe during night. I'm sorry I couldn´t tell you before. Maria, El salvador April 15 3:45 p.m.
Julio: No biggie! My girlfriend is at home so I´m just going to call her to Black toast with honey
let her know about it. A friend of mine stayed in a hotel in Nicaragua and the manager gave
Sarahí: Jinotepe is not that near from here, so you may have issues with this to her for stomachache. It really works. Just take a piece of bread
the transportation I can pick you up and take you back home and toast it until it’s black. Then put honey on the toast and eat it. You
Julio: Sounds great, Sarahi. I really appreciate it. don’t really need the honey, but it makes it taste better! It doesn’t look
good, but it can really help, so if you get stomachache, try this remedy.
Sarahí: Alright! Sounds like we have a deal.
Julio: Great! Marlon, Costa Rica September 28 6:45 a.m.
U7L2. 2e Salt water

When I was a child, I got a lot of headaches and my grandmother always
My town – San Juan del Sur
did this for me. Put a few drops of warm salt water in your ears. Don’t
I live in San Juan del Sur. It’s a small town on the Pacific coast in the use really hot water. Do this three or four times for both ears. Then, lie
south of Rivas department in Nicaragua. There are lots of schools down and close your eyes for about ten minutes.
where you are able to learn how to surf. I go surfing with my friends
every weekend. U8L1.2a
I love San Juan del Sur because there are lots of other things to do as
1 headache 2 cold 3 sore throat 4 fever 5 backache 6 stomachache
well. If you like water sports, you are able to go kayaking, water-skiing
7 sore neck 8 earache 9 cough 10 flu 11 sneeze 12 vomit
or coasteering. Coasteering is a combination of different activities such
as rock climbing, jumping into the sea and swimming near the coast, but
U8L1.2b
you should always go with a special instructor.
If you like animals, you are able to visit the Blue Reef Aquarium and A Oh! I ate too much spicy food. Now I have a really bad stomachache.
see lots of different fishes and even sharks. Also, you are able to go (6)
horse riding on the beach. There are lots of other attractions, too like go B Oh what a bad cough! Maybe I should get a health checkup. (3)
fishing or quad biking. Come and see it by yourself! C So many money worries! Food to buy! Bills to pay! It gives me such a
headache! (9)
D So what happened to you? Are you ok? No, it hurts a lot. I fell down a
REVIEW UNIT 7 ladder. I think I have a leg injury. (7)
Nicaragua has thousands of tourists in the summer, so I can easily find E Phone calls! Meetings! Urgent decisions! This is too much. I'm so
a job as a tour guide because I can speak three languages. I could stressed out! (11)
take tourists to visit the most famous beaches, rivers, and volcanoes of F Ahhh! Right there. It hurts. I came to the dentist because I have a really
the country. Tourists love different activities such as surfing, swimming, bad toothache. (1)
camping, hiking, fishing or sandboarding. Sandboarding is a new G Oh my God! What's the time? 3:30 AM! I still can't sleep. I hate this
extreme sport that allows visitors to descend into the black ashes of insomnia. (13)
the black hill mounted on their board I love meeting people from all H I am so overweight. I guess I eat too much junk food. I'll have to
over the world. exercise and diet if I don't want to die of heart disease. (5)
I Ohh! look at me! I went to sleep at the beach. I got terrible sunburn.
U8L1.1a Now I have a red face! (10)
J I have a really bad fever. I have a runny nose. I need lots of tissues. I
20 Home remedies everyone should know don’t feel good today. (2)
The world’s best advice site… written by you K Ahh! My throat hurts. I shouldn't sing so much. I don't want a sore
throat. (12)
Norma, Nicaragua June 1 8:33 a.m. L Let’s put this around your arm. Hold your hand in a fist! (14) Ok doctor!
An onion What’s the problem? Do I have high blood pressure? I shouldn’t drink so
If you get a high temperature, use an onion. It sounds strange but it much alcohol, should I?
helps. Cut one large onion in half and tie half an onion to the bottom M Oh dear! Look at this x-ray! It looks like you have a broken finger. (4)
of each of your feet. You should’t wear socks of course, just bare feet! N Oh my gosh. There's a pain in my back. I have a backache. I can't even
I use this on my kids and it works every time. The remedy came from a stand up straight. (8)
relative from down south.
U8L1. 2c
Hellen, Guatemala December 7 12:20 p.m.
A wet teabag Number 1 Medical professionals prevent infection by washing their
hands
Here are my tips for toothache. You should put a wet teabag on the sore Number 2 The doctor is using an x-ray to diagnose the illness.
tooth. I always have a wet teabag in the fridge so it’s there when I need Number 3 The reception desk is admitting a patient to the hospital.
Number 4 The patient is consulting with her doctor about her recovery.

Audio Script
Number 5 The nurse is adjusting the medicine for the patient. Woman: You . . . you have the Burafa virus. It says so right here.
Number 6 The medical technologist is injecting the vaccine into the Man: So, what else does the Web site say?
patient. Woman: Oh, no. [ What?] Oh, no. Oh, James. [ What?] It says that once
Number 7 The doctor is measuring the woman’s blood pressure as part the cough sets in, the person only has . . .. only . . . only, only a week
of her yearly health check-up. to live.
Number 8 Hospitals have many devices to monitor their patient’s vital Man: I’ve had enough. You’re spending too much time online.
signs
Number 9 She took paracetamol to relieve a headache.
U8L2.1a
Number 10 The surgeons are operating on a patient in an attempt to
improve their health. This is called “surgery”. 1. part time: go to work a part of the day or week.
Number 11 The therapist is trying to rehabilitate the patient’s leg so she 2. to be punctual: to start or arrive at the specific time.
has better leg movement.
Number 12 Some people suffer headaches if they have a lot of work 3. home working: to work from home rather than to go to
or stress workplace.
Number 13 You can transmit disease by spreading bacteria or viruses 4. to clock in/out: to record to start/finish time of work on a special
when you shake hands. machine.
U8L1.2d 5. working shift: different groups of workers work somewhere at

different times of the day and night.
Doctor: Good morning Mrs. Lopez. What seems to be the problem?
Patient: Well, doctor, I have a sore throat and a bad cough. I also have 6. hourly rate: the amount of money that is charged, paid, or
a terrible headache. earned for every hour worked.
Doctor: How long have you had these symptoms? 7. unsocial hours: hours outside of the normal working week (such
Patient: About four days now. And I’m feeling really tired, too. as night).
Doctor: It sounds like you have the flu. Take two aspirins every four
8. Workaholic: someone is addicted to their work and work as
hours. You should also get lots of rest and drink plenty of water. If you
many hours as they can.
don’t feel better in a couple of days, give me a call
9. commited: someone who loves their work and work as hard as
Patient: Thank you doctor.
they can to be successfully.
10. up to your eyes: to be very busy doing something.
U8L1.2e
11. Reliable: someone who arrives on time, works hard and delivers
Woman: Hey, James. James? What’s wrong? You don’t look well at all.
as their boss requires.
What’s going on? What’s up?
Man: Oh, I think I just have a bad cold. 12. work to rule: working the hours according to your contract.
Woman: Oh, you don’t look like you have a bad cold. You look terrible. [
13. working schedule: the duties or task you have to complete daily.
What?] Your skin . . . oh my gosh. Look. It looks a little purple.
Man: What? What are you talking about? 14. working conditions: issues such as your hours, holidays, place
Woman: Oh, no, James! Oh, no. Let me look. Oh, look right here, right of work and how you are treated by the company.
here. Here it is. It talks about it . . . I saw this on the Internet. It says right 15. Overtime: time that you spend working in your job in addition to
here what you’ve got. [ What?] Yeah. It says if you have purple skin [ your normal working hours.
Purple? It . . . You’ve got purple skin. Look in the mirror. It says it is a sign
of a rare disease called the Burafa virus.
U8L2.1b
Man: Bura . . . Burafa virus? I’ve never heard of that? Come on.
Woman: Well, you’re just . . . you’re just not well-read like I am. Look. My aunt is her new job and she likes it. There are some rules in her
Just have a look. job, but they are not very strict. First, she musn’t be late. She must
Man: What? Oh. What is this Web site? arrive before 8:00. She leaves near the place where she works,
Woman: Come on. Look. The owner is a well-known psychic named thatwise she has to go by bus, she walks and takes a little time to get
Dr. Simon. work. Then my aunt has to work a whole day, but it is not very hard
Man: A . . . a psychic? What in the world makes this psychic a medical
for her because she looks after very good and polite boy.
expert anyway?
Woman: Well, um . . . I don’t know, but he says on his blog that he loves U8L2.1c
working with animals.
Man: Animals? What about humans? Forget it. I mean . . . [ Cough, Conversation #1
cough.] Man: What do you have to do today?
Woman: Oh no! [ What?] Wait, wait, wait. Let me look. Let me look. Oh, Woman: I have to clean my house.
no. [ What?] He said something about that cough. Man: Really, it looks clean.
Man: Ah. It’s just a simple cough! Woman: No, I need to dust, I need to clean the bathroom and I have to
Woman: No, it’s not. It’s another symptom for the Burafa virus. You do the laundry.
cough twice, not once or three times. You coughed twice, and that’s a Man: Well, you seem busy, so I must be going.
clear sign of the disease. Woman: Yeah, I need to get started, but call me later.
Man: That’s nonsense.

English A2 Waystage
Conversation #2 million people worldwide, and that number is rising. Tuberculosis

Man: We need to pay this bill. largely affects very poor people. It is an infectious disease that affects
Woman: Why? We don’t have to pay it. the lungs. Its symptoms include bad coughs, fever, weight loss and
Man: Yes, we do. We must. sweating.
Woman: No, because I’ve already paid for this bill last week. Researchers say that many of the diseases that are making a comeback
Man: Great! are both preventable and treatable. One big problem in England is that
Conversation #3 TB is affecting old people who have malnutrition – they do not have
enough to eat. The number of elderly who have to go without food
Man: What must we do today?
has doubled in the past three years. This is putting these old people in
Woman: We have to mail these letters.
greater danger of getting TB. A UK doctor said she did not understand
Man: Anything else?
why society wasn't doing more to fight TB. She said: "Malnutrition
Woman: Yeah, you need to pick up the kids from school.
is preventable. It is totally unacceptable that…there are at least one
Man: I can’t. I have to work.
million older people malnourished or at risk of malnourishment." She
Woman: OK, I can do it then. I have to go by the school anyway.
said there needed to be a bigger focus on better nutrition and proper
medicine.
U8L2. 1d
1 Listening
I have to travel a lot. Sometimes I have to travel thousands of miles and
work in different time zones on the same day. A pilot must concentrate Man: What should I do in your city?
at all times. I’m responsible for a lot of people so I mustn’t get distracted. Woman: You should visit Salvador Allende pier. There are a lot of things
I don’t have to reserve a seat when I travel on another plane because to do there.
there is always an extra seat for a pilot. And I don’t have to wait for my Man: When is the best time to go?
bags, so I can leave the airport really quickly! Woman: I would go on the weekdays. Don’t go on the weekend.
Man: Why not on the weekend?
2
Woman: It gets really crowded and everything is overpriced. It is
I’m a flight attendant. I have to take care of people on the plane. Before
cheaper on the weekdays.
take-off, I have to explain the safety instructions carefully. Some people
Man: What food should I try?
think they don’t have to listen, but the instructions are very important.
Woman: You should try the local Caribbean seafood. It’s really fresh.
If a passenger becomes really ill, the plane must land at the nearest
Man: Anything in particular?
airport. We don’t have to panic. One great thing about my job is that
Woman: I would try the Rundown. It is to die for!
I don’t have to work every day. Sometimes I don’t have to fly back
Man: Is there anything I should skip?
immediately and I can visit a new city.
Woman: I wouldn’t eat the octopus. It’s overrated.
Man: What about nightlife?
U8L2. 2a
Woman: If you like dancing. Los Maderos restaurant is a great place
Travel round Hong Kong to go.
The Hong Kong Metro is very popular. It is one of the cleanest and most Man: I am not much of a dancer, but I like singing.
comfortable metro systems in the world. However, there are some Woman: In that case, check out the Music Town near Bello Horizonte
strict rules to make sure that it stays this way: roundabout.
Man: Is it hard to get in?
• You must have a valid ticket to travel. Woman: No, you should be fine.
Man: When is the best time to go Ometepe Island?
• You mustn’t eat or drink on trains. Fines are up to $5,000!
Woman: I would go from January to April.
• You must stand behind the yellow line on the platform. Man: Why is that?
• You mustn’t take bikes on trains. Woman: The weather is nice and it does not rain much.
Man: When is the worst time?
• You mustn’t shout. A guard may ask you to leave the train if Woman: I wouldn’t go between May or June. It’s too rainy.
you do!
• You mustn’t play musical instruments, dance or sing on trains. U9L1. 1a

Hi, I'm Gaby. In the summer I went to visit Italy, where my brother lives.
Unit Review 8 I met his mother in-law, a lady who was so kind with me; she helped
Reading me out in everything I needed when my brother was not at home. I still
Many diseases that doctors thought had almost disappeared are have communication with her. Even though, I came back to my country.
now making a comeback. Britain's National Health Service (NHS) has My birthday was last week which I celebrated with my loved ones.
reported a serious rise in the number of people with diseases such
as tuberculosis (TB), cholera, measles and whooping cough. An NHS Guess what? The lady didn't forget about me and sent me a present.
spokesperson said that TB is now more common in England than it It was just the time when I needed a gift like this. The set of vase she's
is in less developed countries such Rwanda, Iraq, and Guatemala. offered me is exactly what I wanted. This vase reminds me of a china
Tuberculosis is also increasing across the globe. In 2013, it killed 1.5 vase which was at home and whose patterns and shape were nearly
the same.

Audio Script
16 scoreboard 17 halftime 18 athlete 19 to cheer on 20 to

That was the best China vase that I’ve ever seen. My mother, who was drop out 21 to tie a match 22 to blow the competition away 23 to
an artist, used to arrange roses in that vase, she put it in a place where warm up 24 to break a record
everybody could see it. This is the reason why I’m so pleased with her
present. Guess the place where I put it. On my desk, just in front of me. U9L2. 1b
I live by myself now because my wife divorced me. I worked myself
U9L1. 2a
too hard for too many years and we never sight each other. After we
1.The Acropolis, Athens 2. Borobudur, Indonesia 3. Petra, Jordan 4. Eiffel divorced I was working harder and I hurt it myself. I had a heart attack.
Tower, Paris 5. Mount Kilimanjaro, Kilimanjaro Africa 6. Prague Castle, My doctor told me I have to make myself slow down and relax. Now my
Czech Republic. 7. The Colosseum, Rome 8. Sydney Opera House, life is much different. I spend a lot of time doing activities by myself and
Australia 9. Machu Picchu, Peru 10. Statue of Liberty, New York City 11. I look at after myself. My wife has found herself another husband and
Niagara Falls, Canada & USA 12. The Taj Mahal, India 13. Pyramids of they have built a new life together themselves. I miss my wife but I don’t
Giza, Egypt 14. Great Wall of China, China 15. Grand Canyon, USA 16. miss the busy life I have.
Angkor Wat, Cambodia 17. Forbidden City, China 18. Bagan, Myanmar 19.
Stonehenge, England 20. The Louvre, Paris U9L2. 1c
Conversation 1
U9L1.2b
Man: What are you doing?
1. I want to live in a place where there is a lot to do. Woman: I’m trying to learn yoga.
2. He's a musician whose albums have sold millions. Man: Well, be careful. Don’t hurt yourself.
Woman: I won’t. I’m taking it slow.
3. The laptop that I bought last week has started making a strange Man: Why don’t you take a class or watch a video?
noise. Woman: No, I’d rather teach myself. I like learning things on my own.
4. There was a one-year guarantee which came with the TV. Man: Suit yourself.
5. 5. That was a decision whose importance I did not understand Conversation 2
6. He's the man that I met at the conference. Man: So, where are you living these days?
Woman: I live near the beach.
7. Summer is the season when I'm happiest.
Man: Oh, rent is so expensive there. Do you have a roommate?
8. I know someone who can help you, my friend Carlos is an Woman: No, I live by myself.
English teacher Man: Wow! That must be so nice to live by the beach.
Woman: It is. When I saw the apartment vacancy, I told myself I had to
9. She's the woman who cuts my hair.
get it, no matter the cost.
10. Yesterday was a day when everything went wrong Man: That must cost a lot.
11. That's the stadium where Real Madrid play. Woman: Not really, because it is near the beach and my work, I no
longer need a car, so I save a lot of money on transportation.
12. He offered to help us, which was a nice gesture. Man: Well, that must be nice.
Woman: Yeah, in a way, the apartment pays for itself.
U9L1.2c Conversation 3
Hi, my name is Gabriel, I have a pit-bull whose name is Apolo. Yesterday Man: Can I have another cookie?
I went to the park to train him and I met a girl whose name is Ana. Woman: By all means. Help yourself.
She lives in the same neighborhood where I live, I was walking my dog Man: These are so good. Did you buy them?
around the park when I saw her. She was also walking her dog whose Woman: Of course not! I made them myself.
name is Tyson. Man: Wow, well, you outdid yourself. These are delicious.
I was training my dog to make him follow orders and commands like Conversation 4
run around, bark, roll over, etc. So that caught her attention and she
Woman: What did you buy at the store?
approached me and told me she was looking for someone who could
Man: I bought myself a new watch.
help her train her dog, hence it’s the very first time she owns a pet.
Woman: Oh, cool. What can it do?
I´m the type of person who gives his best when sharing knowledge and Man: Well, it can monitor my sleep, and it never needs batteries.
helping others, That’s why I volunteered to help her. Woman: It doesn’t need batteries! How does it do that?
Man: It recharges itself you using solar power.
I immediately gained a new friend and now we´re looking for a better Woman: Wow, I need to get a watch like that.
place where we can train our dogs, which would be awesome if we Man: You should. Sometimes we need to treat ourselves to something
were able to find it. nice.
Woman: I like how you think.
U9L2. 1a
1 umpire 2 coach 3 amateur 4 memorabilia 5 personal best 6
referee 7 commentator 8 trophy 9 spectator 10 team
11 bleachers 12 league 13 match 14 competition 15 championship

English A2 Waystage
U9L2. 2a C
Ruben believes in himself This is the final boarding call for passengers flying to Athens on
flight EZ9753. Your flight is ready to leave. Please go to gate 14
Let me introduce myself. I’m Ruben and I think it is very important to
immediately. The doors of the plane will close in five minutes.
believe in yourself. I believe in myself and I think everyone should
believe in themselves. If people believed in themselves, they would D
become successful people. This is an announcement for passengers travelling to Amsterdam on
flight KL1050. That’s for all passengers with express boarding tickets
The road to success is long, we shouldn’t feel sorry for ourselves. We
and passengers travelling with young children, please go to gate 6
should teach ourselves to be patient.
for boarding. Thank you.
I have taught myself to be very patient and I’m proud of myself for
E
being able to do this.
Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. We have landed at JFK airport
My sister is very successful. She works for herself. She has taught in New York where the local time is 18:30 and the temperature is 76º.
herself how to be a good teacher. She believes everyone should look We hope you have enjoyed your flight with American Airlines this
at themselves in a mirror and say “I’m proud of myself”. She also thinks evening and wish you a very safe journey to your final destination.
you should take care of yourself and not blaming for things that are
not your fault. She says that if you take into account all these pieces of U10L1. 1c-d
advice, you will surely be on the road to a positive outlook of yourself.
A: Hello and welcome to today’s holiday program. Today we’ve
asked you to call in to talk with you about holiday horror stories. Our
Unit Review 9
first caller today is Henry from Managua. Hi Henry, so where was this
A VERY LONG LIFE holiday?
Timothy the tortoise was about 160 years old when he died at his B: Well, this didn’t happen to me. It happened to my aunt and uncle
home near Exeter in November 2005. Timothy was thought to be the last summer.
oldest resident in Britain at the time. He was found by a British naval A: Where did they go?
officer, Captain John Courtenay Everard, on a Portuguese ship in 1854. B: Jaco beach
Everard, who was a relative of the Earl of Devon, adopted him and he A: A fantastic place for a holiday!
became the mascot on a succession of British ships for nearly forty B: Yes, fantastic place for young people, but they are nearly 70.
years. In 1892 he arrived to Powderham Castle, which is the historic A: Oh!
home of the Earls of Devon, and in 1935 he was given a permanent B: They were looking for a quiet place to spend their holiday you
home in the castle’s rose garden. Throughout his long life, Timothy know. They like walking in the countryside, sitting on quiet beaches,
showed a keen instinct for survival. During the second world war, for things like that.
example, he felt the vibrations from the bombs that the Germans were A: So why did they choose Jaco beach, isn’t it the party beach?
dropping on Exeter and made his own air-raid shelter under some B: Yes, it is now, but they didn’t know that. They visited Jaco beach in
steps. He was also very healthy, never needing to see a vet until the the late 60’s when it was a beautiful peaceful island with traditional
last year of his life. At the time of his death, Timothy was owned by Lady cafes, restaurants, and deserted beaches. They looked on the
Gabrielle Courtenay, who is the aunt of the current Earl of Devon. Lady Internet and booked a hotel for a week in the same part of the island
Devon also lives at Powderham, where Timothy was given a family where they’d been before. It all seemed so perfect.
funeral and was buried in the grounds of the castle. A: So what happened?
B: You can’t imagine. It was a complete disaster. Their hotel was in
U10L1. 1a Jaco resort that’s full of bars and discos. There was music until 5:00
in the morning, a lot of noise everywhere. They couldn’t sleep at all.
1 water park 2 seaside resort 3 excursions 4 travel guide 5 They were too tired to do anything during the day. Plus, the weather
vacation resort 6 binoculars 7 tourists didn’t help at all because it was too hot. When they came home they
8 sunglasses 9 backpack 10 luggage/baggage 11 passport 12 were in a state of shock.
sunscreen 13 have fun 14 take photos 15 buy souvenirs A: Oh dear! What are their plans for this year?
16 stay at a campsite 17 go abroad 18 go sightseeing 19 go surfing B: I don’t know. I think they’ll probably stay at home.
20 go hiking 21 book a hotel/hostal/room 22 sunbathe on the beach A: Yeah, thanks Henry and now for our second…
23 go by car 24 rent a bike/behicle
U10L1. 1e
U10L1. 1b
Paul: Hey Tina, are we still playing soccer on Sunday?
Travelling abroad Tina: Well, it depends. We need permission to use the soccer field,
A so I need to check on that. If by chance we get permission to use it,
Good morning. This is an announcement for all passengers travelling I'll send out an invitation to all the people who want to play. Then, if
on the 9:25 flight TOM1223 to Rome. This flight is delayed by two hours we get enough players, we'll have a match at 2 pm at Rec Field.
because of bad weather. Paul: OK, that sounds good, but what happens if we can't use the
soccer field?
B
Tina: Well, if that happens, I'll try to get an alternative one. I was
All passengers travelling to Tokyo on flight FR3421 please have your
thinking of the park on the East Side of town.
boarding passes and passports ready for boarding. Flight FR3421 now
Paul: Yeah, I've played there before. It's alright. But if we play there,
boarding at gate 21.
we'll all have to drive. That's a long way.

Audio Script
Tina: Yeah, I know, I was thinking of that, so if we have to play there, I'll
Berlin says that one of the main differences between them is the
see if we can use the company van to transport everyone.
weather; in Mexico we don’t have an extreme cold in winter, while in
Paul: OK, yeah, sounds good. Fingers crossed. So, is your husband
Canada it gets around -20 Celsius degrees. People in Canada are used
going to play?
to it, because houses, stores, restaurants and more places have heating.
Tina: He wants to, but we need to find a baby-sitter for our son. If not,
If people want to go out, they will wear proper clothes for the cold. They
he'll have to stay at home.
will wear thick jackets, special boots over the shoes, winter hats and
scarfs.
U10L1. 1f
If you go to the bus stop, you will find airproof glass that protects people
Conversation 1
from the snow. Buses are always on time. If you take a taxi, you will pay
A: Where do you work?
more money and you need to call it before. If you want to use your car,
B: I work at the beach. I am a lifeguard.
you will need to plug it to the electricity because the oil and the water
A: Cool. That must be a great job.
of the car are frozen. Although, it is very cold, you will find that stores
B: Summer is a busy season.
and restaurants are open if you go to malls or downtown. If you want to
A: What about winter?
buy something in a store, you will pay beside the price the tax, it is 15%
B: When winter comes, the beaches are empty so there’s no work.
of the price.
A: I see
Conversation 2 You will pay $25 for each person if you want to have dinner in an average
C: Do you go skiing when it snows? restaurant. Along with the bill, you have to tip with 15% of the bill. If you
F: I do if I have time. want to buy fruits and vegetables, you will pay a lot, because they aren’t
C: I ski too. What is the best place to ski? produced in Canada, for example, a pound of apples (two or three ones)
F: Rocky mountain is a good place. is $5 plus 15% of tax. It is more than $2 for an apple, and it’s the same
C: When do you ski there? for other fruits or vegetables: bananas, avocados, lettuce, or mangos.
F: Between December to March. In Mexico, if people have holidays, they will go to the beach. Likewise,
you will have fun if you go to Canada, because you can go skiing in
Conversation 3
the mountains or ice-skating in some places in the city. If you take a
E: What days do you teach?
trip through the woods with sled dogs, you will see amazing winter
H: I normally teach on weekdays, but I also teach on Sundays if my boss
landscapes. It’s an unforgettable experience.
asks me to.
E: Really, who do you teach?
U10L2. 1a
H: I usually teach business people from different company.
E: Do you teach small groups? If I Won the Lottery
H: No, we only have class if we have at least twenty students. I can imagine what my life would be like if I won the lottery. Wow! I could
Conversation 4 do so many things, and my life would be so different. I would love the
D: Do you like working at a restaurant? chance to change my life with the money. The first thing I would do is buy
K: I like it, but it is hard when it gets busy. a big, new house. I live in a small apartment, and I have always dreamed
D: Do you get tips? of living in a big house in the country. With all that money, I could buy
K: Not always, but I often get them if I have a really big order. anything I wanted. I don’t have a car right now, so I would buy a new
D: Sounds like a good job. car. Or, I might even buy a new motorcycle. I like motorcycles, and I can
K: It is as long as it’s not too busy. imagine myself driving down the highway with the wind in my hair.
Of course, I if I won the lottery, I should give some of the money to charity.
U10L1. 2a
I would probably give my money to a charity that helps sick children.
What does your face reveal about you? Also, if any of my friends needed anything, I could help them pay for it.
I know many people that have student loans, and I could help them pay
How can you tell when someone is lying? Certainly words are important, the loans back. That would make them very happy. Plus, if I won a lot of
but our faces communicate more than we think. As the expert Michio money, I would certainly save some of it in the bank.
Kushi said, “The face just doesn’t lie.”
Also, I think that if I won a huge amount of money, I would open a
Some things are obvious: when we smile we are happy, and we frown business. I love to cook, and I have always wanted to open a restaurant.
when we are angry. When someone like us, they look at us in the eyes With all that money I could open a fancy restaurant.
and show interest. But how can you tell if someone is lying?
However, I know one thing I would not do is travel. I have a friend who
The key is eye contact. When someone talks to you, do they look directly won $100, 000 in the lottery three years ago. She took the money and
at you or look away? If a person maintains eye contact when they meet travelled for three months. I think she is crazy. Travelling is nice, but then
us, we think that they are confident and honest. If a person does not she had nothing left after her vacation.
make much eye contact, this can mean that they don’t like us or that
I think, however, that the only problem with dreaming about the money I
they are nervous or shy. And above all, it can mean that they aren’t being
could win is that I have never even played the lottery before. As they say:
truthful. Most people can’t keep eye contact when they are lying. So,
“You can’t win if you don’t play.”
watch out!
SEE YOU NEXT VACATION

Berlin is a young girl who spent three years working in Montreal, Canada.
Now, she is working in Mexico again. Some friends ask her to talk about
differences between Mexico and Canada because they want to go to
Canada in winter.

English A2 Waystage
U10L2. 2a U10L3. 1a
1 ATM 2 fund 3 bill 4 cash 5 coin 6 currency 7 debt 8 1. The buildings are painted every summer.
pawnbroker 9 transaction 10 checkbook 11 credit card 12 debit card
2. Employees are paid on Friday.
13 budget 14 loan 15 mortgage 16 retirement pension 17 salary 18
savings account 19 to save 20 to own 21 to withdraw 22 to invest 3. John isn’t surprised by the news.
23 to be bankrupt 24 to pawn 25 to deposit 26 to run into debt
4. The car is fixed by a mechanic.
U10L2. 2b 5. The teachers aren’t provided with enough support.
6. The results weren’t announced until the next day.
If I were a boy, even just for a day 7. Vanessa was hurt by what her boyfriend said.
I'd roll outta bed in the mornin'
And throw on what I wanted, then go 8. Everyone was excited about the project.
Drink beer with the guys 9. The subject wasn’t discussed at the meeting.
And chase after girls
I'd kick it with who I wanted 10. The books were never returned.
And I'd never get confronted for it
'Cause they'd stick up for me
U10L3.1c
If I were a boy
I think I could understand Love, love, love
How it feels to love a girl Love, love, love
I swear I'd be a better man Love, love, love
I'd listen to her There's nothing you can do that can't be done
'Cause I know how it hurts Nothing you can sing that can't be sung
When you lose the one you wanted Nothing you can say, but you can learn how to play the game
'Cause he's taken you for granted It's easy
And everything you had got destroyed Nothing you can make that can't be made
If I were a boy No one you can save that can't be saved
I would turn off my phone Nothing you can do, but you can learn how to be you in time
Tell everyone it's broken It's easy
So they'd think that I was sleepin' alone All you need is love
I'd put myself first All you need is love
And make the rules as I go All you need is love, love
'Cause I know that she'd be faithful Love is all you need
Waitin' for me to come home, to come home… All you need is love
All you need is love
U10L2. 2c All you need is love, love
Anita / Taiwan
There's nothing you can know that isn't known
Am I good at saving money? I don't think so. Because I spend a lot. I
Nothing you can see that isn't shown
like to go shopping with my friends and buy many things like clothes,
There's nowhere you can be that isn't where you're meant to be
shoes, and accessories. Definitely I'm not good at saving money.
It's easy
Martin / United States All you need is love
I have to say, if there's one thing I wish I was better at, it's saving money. All you need is love
Right now I'm not very good at it. If I have it, I spend it on something All you need is love, love
that I probably don't need. I have to learn how to save money. Love is all you need
All you need is love (all together now)
Jeanie / United States
All you need is love (everybody)
OK, am I good at saving money? Well, I have the ability to save money.
All you need is love, love
In the past, even when I didn't have a job, I would always have money
just backed up somewhere and people would often have tried to get
money from me on loans. It's a little difficult now that I have to actually
U10L3. 1d
pay rent and things like that but, I'm still pretty good at it.
A: Hello! Hi! Can you hear me? I’m outside of the hotel. It’s a bit noisy.
Mark / United States B: Yeah, I can hear you, Mom. How’s China?
I am terrible at saving money. Once I get paid, I go out and I spend a A: Amazing. I’m in Zhangjiajie.
hundred dollars in one night. Two days later I don't have any money B: Where?
and I'm borrowing from my friends, so it's actually my worst habit and I A: Zhangjiajie National Park. It’s been used in a lot of films. I was told the
would be happy if I could improve. scenery in Avatar was based on the landscape here.
B: Really? Wow! Is it the place where there are mountains that look like
fingers?

Audio Script
A: Yeah, that’s the place. Unit Review 10

B: So, how do you get up the mountains? Can you?
Nicaragua may be the largest nation in Central America. Despite
A: One mountain has an enormous elevator, the biggest outdoor elevator
recent economical growth, it remains one of the least visited. Still,
in the world. It takes you right to the top. It was fantastic!
many travelers who spend any time here find that Nicaragua’s
B: What else have you seen?
extraordinary landscape of volcanoes, lakes, mountains and vast
A: Well, I met some local girls wearing regional costumes. They were
swathes of rainforest helps make it their favorite country on the
absolutely gorgeous. They’re decorated with bands of flowers and
isthmus.
there’s a lot of red.
B: Ah, nice, but don’t even think about it as a Christmas present! Where to go in Nicaragua
A: OK, got the message! Every visitor passes through the capital, Managua, if only to catch a
B: Good! What are you up to tomorrow? bus straight out. While the city has an intriguing atmosphere and a
A: Well, we’re going to Baofeng Lake. I think loads of films have been few sights, it’s hard work, and many quickly head for Granada.
made there too. It’s going to be fascinating.
Granada with its lakeside setting and wonderful colonial architecture.
B: Cool. What about the language? Have you learned any Mandarin?
A: Not much, to be honest. My guide translates for us. She’s the best! A smattering of beaches along the Pacific coast, notably cheery
Anyway! I’ll call you tomorrow and I’m back on Saturday. I hope to find San Juan del Sur, continues to attract the surfing and backpacking
everything clean and tidy … you’ve been warned!! crowds.
B: Yeah, Mom. Have a great day tomorrow – look forward to seeing the The beautiful Corn Islands, just off the coast of Bluefields, and the
photos. Bye. azure Caribbean Sea.
A: Love you. Culture and the arts are very much alive in Nicaragua, too; visit
Masaya’s National Handicraft Market to find some fantastic-value
U10L3. 2a high-quality crafts.
Ancient robots Staying on the Solentiname archipelago and learn about the
What do you think of when you read the word ‘robot’? Many people think primitive painting traditions that have flourished there.
about big machines in car factories or futuristic monsters in films. Few of León is often considered the country’s cultural capital – look for the
us think about the past. But people were building incredible machines famous murals depicting Nicaragua’s turbulent political history.
with human abilities hundreds of years ago! Ecotourism, volcano-viewing and hiking are the attractions of
For example, Egyptian texts from 1100 BC mention moving statues which the Ometepe Island, with its thrilling twin peaks rising out of the
‘chose’ the next king. None of these statues exists, but probably they freshwater lake.
were built using the ancient Egyptians’ mechanical technology. Further east, up the lush Río San Juan, sits El Castillo, a small town
Another ancient robot was a big robotic arm called “The Claw”. The with a great fortress.
ancient Greek writer Polybius wrote about it in 213 BC. It was built during In the central region, where much of the country’s export-grade
a war with the Romans, and it hung over the city wall towards the sea. coffee is grown, the climate is refreshingly cool; hiking and
When a Roman ship came close, the arm picked up the front of the ship birdwatching are the main activities near the mountain town of
and lifted it into the air. Then the boat fell backwards into the sea and Matagalpa.
sank. Again, we don’t know if the machine was really built, but it was More than anything, the pleasures and rewards of travelling in
possible with Ancient Greek technology. Nicaragua come from interacting with its inhabitants – who tend to
Another ancient Greek inventor, Philon of Byzantium, built a female robot be engagingly witty and very hospitable. This is a country where a
at about the same time. If someone placed a cup in her hand, it mixed bus journey can turn into a conversational epic and a light meal into
water and wine to make a drink. But the robot wasn’t popular because a rum-soaked carnival, a stroll round the street can be interrupted by
people didn’t need robots to work. They had lots of slaves. a costumed giant and a marching band.
The famous artist Leonardo da Vinci loved designing robots. Few of his
ideas were built, but his plans are very detailed. One modern-day robot
engineer, Mark Rosheim, still uses them to get ideas when designing
robots for NASA! One of da Vinci’s robots was a lion. He built it for
the king of France in 1515. It could walk and present flowers! In 2009,
engineers used the plans to build it again. It worked perfectly.
After that, more and more mechanical robots were built. They did more
and more difficult tasks, such as playing the flute, writing and drawing
a picture. Although modern technology has moved on, these historical
robots still amaze people today.

English A2 Waystage
Glossary
Unit 1
brave /brev/ confident /ˈkɑːn.fə.dənt/ generous /ˈdʒen.ər.əs/ determined /dɪˈtɝː.mɪnd/ motivated /ˈmoʊ.t̬ ɪ.veɪ.t̬ ɪd/ fit /fɪt/ reliable /rɪˈlaɪ.ə.bəl/
talented /ˈtæl.ən.t̬ ɪd/ long /lɑːŋ/ fast /fæst/ relaxed /rɪˈlækst/ short /ʃɔːrt/ big bɪɡ/ easy /ˈiː.zi/ difficult /ˈdɪf.ə.kəlt/ important /ɪmˈpɔːr.tənt/ bad /
bæd/ good /ɡʊd/ old /oʊld/ young /jʌŋ/ heavy /ˈhev.i/ weak /wiːk/ thin /θɪn/ famous /ˈfeɪ.məs/ new /nuː/ cheap /tʃiːp/ expensive /ɪkˈspen.sɪv/
sociable /ˈsoʊ.ʃə.bəl/ slow /sloʊ/ friendly /ˈfrend.li/.
canal /kəˈnæl/ bridge /brɪdʒ/ dam /dæm/ lighthouse /ˈlaɪt.haʊs/ island /ˈaɪ.lənd/ bay /beɪ/ river /ˈrɪv.ɚ/ beach /biːtʃ/ sea /siː/ volcano /
vɑːlˈkeɪ.noʊ/ coast /koʊst/ ground /ɡraʊnd/ desert /ˈdez.ɚt/ cliff /klɪf/ park /pɑːrk/ meadow /ˈmed.oʊ/ jungle /ˈdʒʌŋ.ɡəl/ forest /ˈfɔːr.ɪst/ lake
/leɪk/ lagoon /ləˈɡuːn/ landscape /ˈlænd.skeɪp/ waterfall /ˈwɑː.t̬ ɚ.fɑːl/ mountain /ˈmaʊn.tən/ path /pæθ/ rainforest /ˈreɪn.fɔːr.ɪst/ canyon /
ˈkæn.jən/.
recycling /ˌriːˈsaɪ.klɪŋ/ conservation /ˌkɑːn.sɚˈveɪ.ʃən/ garbage /ˈɡɑːr.bɪdʒ/ preservation /ˌprez.ɚˈveɪ.ʃən/ greenhouse /ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ effect
/əˈfekt/ pollution /pəˈluː.ʃən/ sea level /ˈsiː ˌlev.əl/ ozone /ˈoʊ.zoʊn/ layer /ˈleɪ.ɚ/ global /ˈɡloʊ.bəl/ warming /ˈwɔːr.mɪŋ/ ecosystem /
ˈe.koʊˌsɪs.təm/ biodegradable /ˌbaɪ.oʊ.dɪˈɡreɪ.də.bəl/ disposable /dɪˈspoʊ.zə.bəl/ endangered species /ɪnˈdeɪn.dʒɚdˈspiː.ʃiːz/ chemicals /
ˈspiː.ʃiːz/ smog /smɑːɡ/ erosion /ɪˈroʊ.ʒən/ flood /flʌd/ hurricane /ˈhɝː.ɪ.kən/ drought /draʊt/ pesticides /ˈpes.tə.saɪds/ heat /hiːt/ wave /weɪv/
climate /ˈklaɪ.mət/ change /tʃeɪndʒ/ earthquake /ˈɝːθ.kweɪk/ wild life /waɪld.laɪf/.
playing card games /ˈpleɪ.ɪŋˌkɑːrd.ɡeɪmz/ going to the cinema /ˈɡoʊ.ɪŋ.tuːðəˈsɪn.ə.mə/ cooking /ˈkʊk.ɪŋ/ gardening /ˈɡɑːr.dən.ɪŋ/ knitting /
ˈnit̬ .ɪŋ/ playing instruments /ˈpleɪ.ɪŋ.ˈɪn.strə.mənts/ puzzle games /ˈpʌz.əl.ɡeɪmz/ watching tv /wɑːtʃ.ɪŋˌtiːˈviː/ traveling /ˈtræv.əl.ɪŋ/ reading
books /ˈriː.dɪŋ.bʊks/ painting /ˈpeɪn.t̬ ɪŋ/ eating out /ˈiː.t̬ ɪŋ.aʊt/ playing computer games/ˈpleɪ.ɪŋˌkəmˈpjuː.t̬ ɚɡeɪmz/ chess /tʃes/ sports /
spɔːrts/ listening to music /ˈlɪs.ənɪŋ.tuːˈmjuː.zɪk/ going shopping /ˈɡoʊ.ɪŋˈʃɑː.pɪŋ/ hanging out with friends /ˈhæŋ.ɪŋ.aʊt.wɪð.frends/ riding
a bike /ˈraɪ.dɪŋ.ə.baɪk/ doing arts and craft /ˈduː.ɪŋ.ɑrts.ənd.kræft/ taking photos /ˈteɪ.kɪŋˈfoʊ.t̬ oʊs/ traveling /ˈtræv.əl.ɪŋ/ dancing /dænsɪŋ/
swimming /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ/ learning languages /ˈlɝː.nɪŋˈlæŋ.ɡwɪdʒ/ hiking /ˈhaɪ.kɪŋ/.
Unit 2
a bottle of wine /əˈbɑː.t̬ əl.ɑːv.waɪn/ a gallon of orange juice /əˈɡæl.ən.ɑːvˈɔːr.ɪndʒ.dʒuːs/ a carton of milk /əˈkɑːr.t̬ ən.ɑːv.mɪlk/ a can of soda
/ə.kən.ɑːvˈsoʊ.də/ a glass of water /ə.ɡlæs.ɑːvˈwɑː.t̬ ɚ/ a cup of coffee /ə.kʌp.ɑːvˈkɑː.fi/ a packet of biscuits /əˈpæk.ɪt.ɑːvˈbɪs.kɪt/ a bag of
popcorn /ə.bæɡ.ɑːvˈpɑːp.kɔːrn/ a jug of lemonade /ə.dʒʌɡ.ɑːvˌlem.əˈneɪd/ a jar of pickles /ə.dʒɑːr.ɑːvˈpɪk.əls/ a box of chocolate /ə.bɑːks.
ɑːvˈtʃɑːk.lət/ a bowl of soup /ə.boʊl.ɑːv.suːp/ a tube of tomato paste /ə.tuːb.ɑːv.təˈmeɪ.t̬ oʊ.peɪst/ a roll of paper /ə.roʊl.ɑːv.ˈpeɪ.pɚ/ a bar
of butter /ə.bɑːr.ɑːvˈbʌt̬ .ɚ/ a tray of meat /ə.treɪ.ɑːv.miːt/ a basket of tomatoes /əˈbæs.kət.ɑːv.təˈmeɪ.t̬ oʊs/ a six pack of soda /əˈsɪks.pæk.
ɑːvˈsoʊ.də/
Unit 3
pay attention in class /peɪ.əˈten.ʃən.ɪn.klæs/ stop /stɑːp/ mute your cellphone /mjuːt.jɚˈsel.foʊn/ listen carefully /ˈlɪs.ənˈker.fəl.i/ don´t smoke
/dəʊnt.smoʊk/ don´t make noise /dəʊnt.meɪk.nɔɪz/ speak english only /spiːkˈɪŋ.ɡlɪʃˈoʊn.li/ do not eat or drink in class /du.nɑːt.iːt.ɚ.drɪŋk.
ɪn.klæs/ respect each other /rɪˈspektˌiːtʃ ˈʌð.ɚ/ study at all times /ˈstʌd.i.ət.ɑːl.taɪmz/ do not write on the wall /du.nɑːt.raɪt.ɑːn.ðə.wɑːl/ do
not bring weapons /du.nɑːt.brɪŋ.ˈwep.əns/ use the trash can /juːz.ðə.træʃ.kən/.
travel /ˈtræv.əl/ arrival /əˈraɪ.vəl/ airport /ˈer.pɔːrt/ baggage /ˈbæɡ.ɪdʒ/ baggage claim /ˈbæɡ.ɪdʒ.kleɪm/ ticket /ˈtɪk.ɪt/ book a flight /
bʊk.ə.flaɪt/ check-in /tʃek.ɪn/ credit card /ˈkred.ɪtˌkɑːrd/ flight /flaɪt/ customs /ˈkʌs·təmz/ hotel /hoʊˈtel/ hostess/flight attendant /ˈhoʊ.stɪs/
flaɪt.əˈten.dənt/ take off /teɪk.ɑːf/ land /lænd/ map /mæp/ lounge /laʊndʒ/ passport /ˈpæs.pɔːrt/ metal detector /ˈmet̬ .əl.dɪˈtek.tɚ/ visa /ˈviː.
zə/ plane /pleɪn/ compass /ˈkʌm.pəs/ caravan /ˈker.ə.væn/ route /raʊt/ tour /tʊr/ passenger /ˈpæs.ən.dʒɚ/ taxi /ˈtæk.si/ safari /səˈfɑːr.i/.
Unit 4
grow up /ɡroʊ.ʌp/ get a present /ɡet.əˈprez.ənt/ get a degree or diploma /ɡet.ə.dɪˈɡriːɚdɪˈploʊ.mə/ go out for a romantic dinner /ɡoʊ.aʊt.
fɚ.ə.roʊˈmæn.t̬ ɪk. ˈdɪn.ɚ/
get married /ɡetˈmer.id/ take a language course /teɪk.əˈlæŋ.ɡwɪdʒ finish high school /ˈfɪn.ɪʃ.ˈhaɪˌskuːl/ have a baby /hæv.ə.ˈbeɪ.bi/ retire
/rɪˈtaɪr/ celebrate a birthday /ˈsel.ə.breɪt.ə.ˈbɝːθ.deɪ/ see old friends /siːoʊld.frends/ have vacations /hæv.veɪˈkeɪ.ʃən/ study a major /
ˈstʌd.i.əˈmeɪ.dʒɚ/ get a salary raise /ɡet.əˈsæl.ɚ.i.reɪz/ watch a romantic film /wɑːtʃ.ə.roʊˈmæn.t̬ ɪk.fɪlm/ get engaged /ɡet.ɪnˈɡeɪdʒd/ travel
/ˈtræv.əl/ be promoted /bɪ.prəˈmoʊtid/ get a job /ɡet.ə.dʒɑːb/ get a house /ɡet.ə.haʊs/.
partly cloudy /ˈpɑːrt.liˈklaʊ.di/ foggy /ˈfɑː.ɡi/ hailing /heɪlɪŋ/ overcast ˈoʊ.vɚ.kæst/ rainy /reɪni/ snowy /ˈsnoʊ.i/ stormy /ˈstɔːr.mi/ sunny ˈsʌn.i/
wet /wet/ windy /ˈwɪn.di/ cold/chilly /koʊld/ˈtʃɪl.i/ cool /kuːl/ freezing /ˈfriː.zɪŋ/ hot /hɑːt/ warm /wɔːrm/ dry /draɪ/ lightning /ˈlaɪt.nɪŋ/ rainbow /
ˈreɪn.boʊ/ thunder /ˈθʌn.dɚ/ tornado /tɔːrˈneɪ.doʊ/.

Glossary
Unit 5
sail a rowboat /seɪl.əˈroʊ ˌboʊt/ fly a helicopter /flaɪ.əˈhel.əˌkɑːp.tɚ/ go to the market /ɡoʊ.tuːðəˈmɑːr.kɪt/ go to the festival /ɡoʊ.tuːðəˈfes.
tə.vəl/ act in a drama /ækt.ɪn.əˈdræm.ə/ sing in karaoke /sɪŋ.ɪnˌker.iˈoʊ.ki/ go to concert /ɡoʊ.tuːˈkɑːn.sɚt/ travel abroad /ˈtræv.əl.əˈbrɑːd/
ride a horse /raɪd.ə.hɔːrs/ dive in the ocean /daɪv.ɪn.ðəˈoʊ.ʃən/ get robbed /ɡet rɔ́bd/ hike mountains /haɪkˈmaʊn.tənz/ practice windsurfing
/ˈpræk.tɪsˈwɪndˌsɝː.fɪŋ/ parachuting /ˈper.ə.ʃuːtɪŋ/ surf waves /sɝːf.weɪvs/ motorcycle race /ˈmoʊ.t̬ ɚˌsaɪ.kəl.reɪs/.
agriculture /ˈæɡ.rə.kʌl.tʃɚ/ ancient /ˈeɪn.ʃənt/ archaeology /ˌɑːr.kiˈɑː.lə.dʒi/ archives /ˈɑːr.kaɪv/ artefact /ˈɑːr.t̬ ə.fækt/ caveman /ˈkeɪv.
mæn/ census /ˈsen.səs/ century /ˈsen.tʃər.i/ civilization /ˌsɪv.əl.əˈzeɪ.ʃən/ constitution /ˌkɑːn.stəˈtuː.ʃən/ dynasty /ˈdaɪ.nə.sti/ empire /ˈem.
paɪr/ fossil /ˈfɑː.səl/ king /kɪŋ/ migration /maɪˈɡreɪ.ʃən/ millennium /mɪˈlen.i.əm/ pyramid /ˈpɪr.ə.mɪd/ queen /kwiːn/ to research /tuːrɪˈsɝːtʃ/
revolution /ˌrev.əˈluː.ʃən/ suffrage /ˈsʌf.rɪdʒ/ technology /tekˈnɑː.lə.dʒi/ tribe /traɪb/ urbanization /ˌɝː.bən.əˈzeɪ.ʃən/ weapons /ˈwep.əns/
war /wɔːr/ printing press /ˈprɪn.t̬ ɪŋ.pres/ slavery /ˈsleɪ.vər.i/ decade /dekˈeɪd/ castle /ˈkæs.əl/.
Unit 6
go camping /ɡoʊˈkæm.pɪŋ/ meet a famous person /miːt.əˈfeɪ.məs.ˈpɝː.sən/ play an instrument /pleɪ.ənˈɪn.strə.mənt/ run a marathon /rʌn.
əˈmer.ə.θɑːn/ eat at a fancy restaurant /iːt.ət.ə.ˈfæn.siˈres.tə.rɑːnt/ drive a sport car /draɪv.ə.spɔːrt.kɑːr/ climb a mountain /klaɪm.əˈmaʊn.
tən/ work as volunteer /wɝːk.əzˌvɑː.lənˈtɪr/ have a baby /hæv.ə.ˈbeɪ.bi/ speak other language /spiːkˈʌð.ɚˈlæŋ.ɡwɪdʒ/ swim in the ocean /
swɪm.ɪn.ðəˈoʊ.ʃən/.
Unit 7
water the plants /ˈwɑː.t̬ ɚ.ðə.plænts/ hang up the laundry /hæŋ.ʌp.ðəˈlɑːn.dri/ fold the laundry /foʊld.ðəˈlɑːn.dri/ feed the dog /fiːd.ðə.dɑːɡ/
take a taxi /teɪk.əˈtæk.si/ wait for the bus /weɪt.fɚ.ðə.bʌs/ paint a picture /peɪnt.əˈpɪk.tʃɚ/ phone people /foʊnˈpiː.pəl/ take a break /
teɪk.ə.breɪk/ walk the dog /wɑːk.ðə.dɑːɡ/ take out the garbage /teɪk.aʊt.ðəˈɡɑːr.bɪdʒ/ sweep the floor /swiːp.ðə.flɔːr/ rake the leaves /
reɪk.ðə.liːvz/ iron the clothes /aɪrn.ðə.kloʊðz/ press the red button /pres.ðə.redˈbʌt̬ .ən/ dust the house /dʌst.ðə.haʊs/ read the news /riːd.
ðə.nuːz/ squeeze the lemon /skwiːz.ðəˈlem.ən/ cut the hair /kʌt.ðə.her/ clean the window /kliːn.ðəˈwɪn.doʊ/ cut the grass /kʌt.ðə.ɡræs/ do
the dishes /duːðəˈdɪʃɪz/ paint the house /peɪnt.ðə.haʊs/.
fishing /ˈfɪʃ.ɪŋ/ riding a horse /ˈraɪ.dɪŋ.ə.hɔːrs/ swimming /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ/ riding a bike /ˈraɪ.dɪŋ.ə.baɪk/ flying a kite /ˈflaɪ.ɪŋ.ə.kaɪt/ skateboarding
/ˈskeɪtˌbɔːr.dɪŋ/ drawing /ˈdrɑː.ɪŋ/ watching tv /wɑːtʃ.ɪŋˌtiːˈviː/ going to the cinema /ˈɡoʊɪŋ.tuːðəˈsɪn.ə.mə/ cooking /ˈkʊk.ɪŋ/ traveling /ˈtræv.
əl.ɪŋ/ shopping /ˈʃɑː.pɪŋ/ walking the dog /ˈwɑː.kɪŋ.ðə.dɑːɡ/ playing phone games /ˈpleɪ.ɪŋ.foʊn.ɡeɪmz/ reading /ˈriː.dɪŋ/ hanging out with
friends /ˈhæŋ.ɪŋ.aʊt.wɪð.frends/ dancing /dænsɪŋ/ making videos /ˈmeɪ.kɪŋˈvɪd.i.oʊs/ taking photos /tAYkIng.ˈfoʊ.t̬ oʊs/ singing /ˈsɪŋ.ɪŋ/
listening to music/ˈlɪs.ənɪŋ.tuːˈmjuː.zɪk/ playing the drums /ˈpleɪ.ɪŋ.ðə.drʌms/ playing the guitar /ˈpleɪ.ɪŋ.ðə.ɡɪˈtɑːr working out /ˈwɝː.kɪŋ.
aʊt/ playing soccer /ˈpleɪ.ɪŋ.ˈsɑː.kɚ/.
Unit 8
headache /ˈhed.eɪk/ cold /koʊld/ sore throat /ˌsɔːr ˈθroʊt/ fever /ˈfiː.vɚ/ backache /ˈbæk.eɪk/ stomachache /ˈstʌm.ək.eɪk/ sore neck /ˌsɔːr.
nek/ earache /ˈɪr.eɪk/ cough /kɑːf/ flu /fluː/ sneeze /sniːz/ vomit /ˈvɑː.mɪt/.
Unit 9
the acropolis /ðiːəˈkrɑː.pə.lɪs/ borobudur /bɹowbudɹ̩ / petra /ˈpe̞t̪ rɑ/ eiffel tower /ˌaɪ.fəl ˈtaʊ.ɚ/ mount kilimanjaro /ˌmaʊnt kɪl.ə.mənˈdʒɑːr.
oʊ/ prague castle /prɑːɡˈkæs.əl/ the colosseum /ðəˌkɑː.ləˈsiː.əm/ sydney opera house /ˈsɪd.niˈɑː.pɚ.əˌhaʊs/ machu picchu /matʃu pitʃu/
statue of liberty /ˌstætʃ.uː əv ˈlɪb.ɚ.t̬ i/ niagara falls /naɪˌægərəˈfɔːlz/ the taj mahal /ðəˌtɑːʤməˈhɑːl/ pyramids of giza /ˈpɪr.ə.mɪds.ɑːv.giː.
θə/ great wall of china /ɡɹejt.wɔl.ʌv.t͡ʃajna/ grand canyon /ɡrændˌkæn.jən/ angkor wat /ɑŋkɔr vɔt/ forbidden city /fɚˈbɪd.ənˈsɪt̬ .i/ bagan /
bəˈɡæn/ stonehenge /stoʊ̯nˈhɛnd͡ʒ/ the louvre /ðəˈluːvrə/.
umpire /ˈʌm.paɪr/ coach /koʊtʃ/ amateur /ˈæm.ə.tʃɚ/ memorabilia /ˌmem.ər.əˈbɪl.i.ə/ personal best /ˈpɝː.sən.əl.best/ referee /ˌref.
əˈriː/ commentator /ˈkɑː.mən.teɪ.t̬ ɚ/ trophy /ˈtroʊ.fi/ spectator /spekˈteɪ.t̬ ɚ/ team /tiːm/ bleachers /ˈbliː.tʃɚz/ league /liːɡ/ match /mætʃ/
competition /ˌkɑːm.pəˈtɪʃ.ən/ championship /ˈtʃæm.pi.ən.ʃɪp/ scoreboard /ˈskɔːr.bɔːrd/ halftime /ˌhɑːfˈtaɪm/ athlete /ˈæθ.liːt/ to cheer on /
tuːtʃɪr.ɑːn/ to drop out /tuːdrɑːp.aʊt/ to tie a match /tuːtaɪ.ə.mætʃ/ to blow the competition away /tuːbloʊ.ðəˌkɑːm.pəˈtɪʃ.ən.əˈweɪ/ to warm up
/tuːˈwɔrmˌʌp/ to break a record /tuːbreɪk.ə.rɪˈkɔːrd/.
Unit 10
water park /ˈwɑː.t̬ ɚ ˌpɑːrk/ seaside resort /ˈsiː.saɪd.rɪˈzɔːrt/ excursion /ɪkˈskɝː.ʃən/ travel guide /ˈtræv.əl.ɡaɪd/ vacation resort /veɪˈkeɪ.ʃən.
rɪˈzɔːrt/ binoculars /bəˈnɑː.kjə.lɚz/ tourists /ˈtʊr.ɪsts/ sunglasses /ˈsʌnˌɡlæs.ɪz/ backpack /ˈbæk.pæk/ luggage/baggage /ˈlʌɡ.ɪdʒ/ˈbæɡ.

English A2 Waystage
ɪdʒ/ passport /ˈpæs.pɔːrt/ sunscreen /ˈsʌn.skriːn/ have fun /hæv.fʌn/ take photos /teɪk.ˈfoʊ.t̬ oʊ/ buy souvenirs /baɪˌsuː.vəˈnɪrs/ stay at a
campsite /steɪ.ət.əˈkæmp.saɪt/ go abroad /ɡoʊ.əˈbrɑːd/ go sightseeing /ɡoʊ.ˈsaɪtˌsiː.ɪŋ/ go surfing /ɡoʊˈsɝːfɪŋ/ go hiking /ɡoʊˈhaɪ.kɪŋ/
book a hotel/hostal/room /bʊk.ə.hoʊˈtel/ˈhɑː.stəl/rʊm/ sunbathe on the beach /ˈsʌn.beɪð.ɑːn.ðə.biːtʃ/ go by car /ɡoʊ.baɪ.kɑːr/ rent a bike/
car /rent.ə.baɪk/kɑːr/.
ATM /ˌeɪ.tiːˈem/ funds /ˈfʌndz/ bill /bɪl/ cash /kæʃ/ coin /kɔɪn/ currency /ˈkɝː.ən.si/ debt /det/ pawnbroker /ˈpɑːnˌbroʊ.kɚ/ transaction /
trænˈzæk.ʃən/ checkbook /ˈtʃek.bʊk/ credit card /ˈkred.ɪt ˌkɑːrd/ debit card /ˈdeb.ɪt ˌkɑːrd/ budget /ˈbʌdʒ.ɪt/ loan /loʊn/ mortgage /ˈmɔːr.
ɡɪdʒ/ pension /ˈpen.ʃən/ salary /ˈsæl.ɚ.i/ saving account /ˈseɪ.vɪŋz əˌkaʊnt/ save /seɪv/ own /oʊn/ withdraw /wɪðˈdrɑː/ invest /ɪnˈvest/
bankrupt /ˈbæŋ.krʌpt/ pawn /pɑːn/ deposit /dɪˈpɑː.zɪt/.
Unknown words
Jet lag /ˈdʒet ˌlæɡ/ Keep in touch /kiːp.ɪn.tʌtʃ/ Poverty /ˈpɑː.vɚ.t̬ i/ Unemployment /ˌʌn.ɪmˈplɔɪ.mənt/ Hunger /ˈhʌŋ.ɡɚ/ Homeless /ˈhoʊm.
ləs/ Violence /ˈvaɪə.ləns/ Crime /kraɪm/ Pollution /pəˈluː.ʃən/ border /ˈbɔːr.dɚ/ harbor /ˈhɑː.bər/ National Park /ˌnæʃ.ən.əl ˈpɑːrk/ Peak /piːk/
drainage basin /ˈdreɪ.nɪdʒˈbeɪ.sən/ kayaking /ˈkaɪ.æk.ɪŋ/ Scuba diving /ˈskuː.bə ˌdaɪ.vɪŋ/ Birdwatching /ˈbɝːdˌwɑː.tʃɪŋ/ Refrain /rɪˈfreɪn/
let someone down /letˈsʌm.wʌn.daʊn/ Break down /breɪk.daʊn/ Gum /ɡʌm/ Trouble /ˈtrʌb.əl/ Can´t take it anymore /kænt.teɪk.ɪtˌen.
iˈmɔːr/ Hit the hay /hɪt.ðə.heɪ/ Clock strike /klɑːk.straɪk/ Wealthy /welθɪ/ Newlyweds /ˈnuː.li.weds/ Sneak away /sniːk.əˈweɪ/ Lightning /ˈlaɪt.
nɪŋ/ Thunder /ˈθʌn.dɚ/ Overcast /ˈoʊ.vɚ.kæst/ B.C /ˌbiːˈsiː/ A.D /eɪ.di/ Invasion /ɪnˈveɪ.ʒən/ Viking /ˈvaɪ.kɪŋ/ Execution /ˌek.səˈkjuː.ʃən/
Rebellion /rɪˈbel.i.ən/ Emperor /ˈem.pɚ.ɚ/ Shield /ʃiːld/ Sword /sɔːrd/ Axe /æks/ Medieval /ˌmed.iˈiː.vəl/ perform /pɚˈfɔːrm/ breezy /ˈbriː.zi/
shock /ʃɑːk/ rare /rer/ come on /kʌm.on/ psychic /ˈsaɪ.kɪk/ nonsense /ˈnɑːn.sens/ set in /set.ɪn/ Disease /dɪˈziːz/ air proof /er.pruːf/ tax /
tæks/ rip off /ˈrɪp.ɑːf/ drop /drɑːp/ vast /væst/ swathes /sweɪðs/ lakeside /ˈleɪk.saɪd smattering /ˈsmæt̬ .ɚ.ɪŋ/ cheery /ˈtʃɪr.i/ azure /ˈæʒ.ɚ/
lush /lʌʃ/ rum-soaked /rʌm.soʊkt/ stroll round /stroʊl.raʊnd/.

Regular verbs
Regular verbs
Base form Third person Simple past Base form Third person Simple past
/Id/ Sound /d/ Sound
Accept Accepts Accepted /Id/
Answer Answers Answered /d/
Appreciate Appreciates Appreciated /Id/
Arrive Arrives Arrived /d/
Avoid Avoids Avoided /Id/
Belong Belongs Belonged /d/
Cheat Cheats Cheated /Id/
Change Changes Changed /d/
Connect Connects Connected /Id/ Clean Cleans Cleaned /d/
Count Counts Counted /Id/ Climb Climbs Climbed /d/
Date Dates Dated /Id/ Close Closes Closed /d/
Decide Decides Decided /Id/ Consider Considers Considered /d/
End Ends Ended /Id/ Dare Dares Dared /d/
Excite Excites Excited /Id/ Deliver Delivers Delivered/d/
Enjoy Enjoys Enjoyed /d/

Expand Expands Expanded /Id/
Fill Fills Filled /d/
Expect Expects Expected /Id/
Follow Follows Followed/d/
Guard Guards Guarded /Id/
Hurry Hurries Hurried /d/
Intend Intends Intended /Id/
Learn Learns Learned /d/
Interrupt Interrupts Interrupted /Id/
Listen Listens Listened /d/
Invent Invents Invented /Id/
Live Lives Lived /d/
Need Needs Needed /Id/ Love Loves Loved /d/
Plant Plants Planted /Id/ Name Names Named /d/
Point Points Pointed /Id/ Open Opens Opened /d/
Pretend Pretends Pretended /Id/ Order Orders Ordered /d/
Reject Rejects Rejected /Id/ Plan Plans Planed /d/
Remind Reminds Reminded /Id/ Play Plays Played /d/
Rain Rains Rained /d/

Rent Rents Rented /Id/
Remember Remembers Remembered /d/
Repeat Repeats Repeated /Id/
Show Shows Showed /d/
Resist Resists Resisted /Id/
Stay Stays Stayed /d/
Start Starts Started /Id/
Study Studies Studied /d/
Visit Visits Visited /Id/
Travel Travels Traveled /d/
Wait Waits Waited /Id/
Try Tries Tried /d/
Want Wants Wanted /Id/ Turn Turns Turned /d/

English A2 Waystage
/t/ Sound /t/ Sound
Announce Announces Announced /t/ Kick Kicks Kicked /t/
Ask Asks Asked /t/ Like Likes Liked /t/
Brush Brushes Brushed /t/ Look Looks Looked /t/
Check Checks Checked /t/ Miss Misses Missed /t/
Practice Practices Practiced /t/

Confess Confesses Confessed /t/
Push Pushes Pushed /t/
Cook Cooks Cooked /t/
Reduce Reduces Reduced /t/
Dance Dances Danced /t/
Shop Shops Shopped /t/
Dress Dresses Dressed /t/
Smoke Smokes Smoked /t/
Embarrass Embarrasses Embarrassed /t/
Stop Stops Stopped /t/
Erase Erases Erased /t/
Talk Talks Talked /t/
Finish Finishes Finished /t/
Use Uses Used /t/
Force Forces Forced /t/
Walk Walks Walked /t/
Help Helps Helped /t/ Wash Washes Washed /t/
Influence Influences Influenced /t/ Wish Wishes Wished /t/
Jump Jumps Jumped /t/ Work Works Worked /t/

Irregular verbs
Irregular verb list
Base form Simple past Past participle Base form Simple past Past participle
be was, were been keep kept kept
become became become know knew known
begin began begun leave left left
bite bit bitten lend lent lent
blow blew blown lose lost lost
break broke broken make made made
bring brought brought meet met met
build built built pay paid paid
buy bought bought put put put
catch caught caught read read read
choose chose chosen ride rode ridden
come came come ring rang rung
cost cost cost run run run
cut cut cut say said said
do did done see saw seen
draw drew drawn sell sold sold
drink drank drunk send sent sent
drive drove driven shake shook shaken
eat ate eaten shut shut shut
fall fell fallen sing sang sung
feed fed fed sit sat sat
feel felt felt sleep slept slept
fight fought fought speak spoke spoken
find found found spend spent spent
fly flew flown stand stood stiood

English A2 Waystage
Base form Simple past Past participle Base form Simple past Past participle
forget forgot forgotten steal stole stolen
get got gotten/got swim swam swam
give gave given take took taken
go went gone teach taught taught
grow grew grown tell told told
hang hung hung think thought thought
have had had throw threw thrown
hear heard heard understand understood understood
hide hid hidden wake up woke up waken up
hit hit hit wear wore worn
hold held held win won won
hurt hurt hurt write wrote written

English A2 Waystage
INDEX OF TABLES
TABLES
Table 1. Comparative and Superlative �� 149
Table 2. Adverbs of Manner �� 151
Table 3. Countable and Uncountable nouns �� 153
Table 4. Imperative form �� 156
Table 5. Simple Present vs Present Continuous ��157
Table 6. Future Tense will and going to �� 159
Table 7. Past Continuous and Past Simple �� 162
Table 8. Past Continuous �� 163
Table 9. Present Perfect �� 165
Table 10. Conjunctions �� 168
Table 11. Gerunds and Infinitives ��171
Table 12. Modal Verbs of Ability ��174
Table 13. Modal Verbs of Obligation or Advice ��176
Table 14. Relative Clauses ��177
Table 15. Reflexive �� 181
Table 16. Zero, First and Second Conditional �� 182
Table 17. The passive voice �� 186

English A2 Waystage
BIBLIOGRAPHY
• American English File2 2nd edition, Oxford.
• Total English File elementary, Oxford.
• Touchstone 2 2nd edition, Cambridge.
• Attittude 1 Macmillan.
• Fundamentals of English Grammar 3rd edition, Longman
• Grammar practice for intermediate students new edition, Longman
• English grammar practice for intermediate students, Longman
• Pioneer A2, American edition, mmpublications.
• Passages elementary 3rd edition, Cambridge University.
• Teach this.com
• Busy teacher.org
• Test English.com
• Cambridge University.
• Oxford University.

INATEC
Tecnológico Nacional
First Edition, March 2022

www.tecnacional.edu.ni
Tel: 2253-8888

Libro English A2 Waystage 1st Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Libro English A2 Waystage 1st Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INATEC

This is a National Technological Institute (INATEC) publication.

9. Making predictions 21. Talking about unreal situations

10. Expressing past events 22. Formal reporting

Lesson 1: Talking about real situations.................................... 121 Audio Script.................................................................................. 189

I’m sorry. What did Could I have a

I don’t understand. What’s the opposite

What’s the difference

Sorry, I’m late. I couldn’t do the

I couldn’t come to class I have to leave early

What do we have Whose turn is

What did she/he What do you think?

We haven’t finished yet. Do you agree?

Lesson 1: Comparing people, animals, and objects

Vocabulary: Adjectives and adverbs

1 READING Unknown words

“Well, at work we use video conferencing for meetings with our

b. Mark the sentences True or False.

1. Arlen spends all her day texting. __ Watch out!

a. Listen and repeat the following adjectives.

1. brave 2. confident 3. generous 4. determined 5. motivated

6. fit 7. reliable 8. talented 9. long 10. fast

28. sociable 29. slow 30. friendly

1. There are good and bad teenagers. __I__

c. Work in pairs. What about you? Answer the questions.

Do you spend more or less time on…? Why? THEN NOW

THEN NOW THEN NOW

e. Discuss the following questions with a partner.

e.g. movies/books Books are more interesting than Movies.

e.g. Unknown words

c. Work in pairs. Ask the following questions around the classroom.

1. Which one is more interesting, Ometepe Island or Corn Island?

2. Which language is more important, English or Chinese?

3. Who is more confident, your father or your mother?

4. Who is younger, your father or your mother?

5. Which one is cheaper, a smartphone or a tablet?

6. Which country is farther from your country, Russia or

7. Which one is more delicious, pork or sea food?

8. Who is more famous, Rafael Nadal or Usain Bolt?

9. Which animal is bigger, rhinoceros or hippopotamus?

10. Which animal is smarter, an eagle or a snake?

4 WRITING/READING/SPEAKING (The pros and cons)

Advantages of video calling Disadvantages

• It’s cheaper. • It’s harder to say good- bye.

The Pros and Cons of Video Calling

Lesson 2: Talking about wonders in the world

a. Listen and repeat the following nature vocabulary.

1. canal 2. bridge 3. dam 4. lighthouse 5. island

6. bay 7. river 8. beach 9. sea 10. volcano

b. Listen and repeat the environment vocabulary.

1. recycling 2. conservation 3. garbage 4. preservation 5.greenhouse

6. pollution 7. sea level 8. ozone layer 9. global warming 10. ecosystem

Speaker # Landscape location Size height Characteristic

2. What are the two types of rainforests?

3. Tropical rainforests are primarily located in _____.

4. Rainforests receive up to about _____ feet of rain per year.

5. Rainforests absorb ________.

6. Rainforests create about _______ of Earth's breathable air.

The Seven Natural Wonders of the World

Irregular comparative and superlatives Unknown words

The Great Barrier Reef is located on the northeastern part of Australia

The Harbor of Rio de Janeiro is located on the east coast of Brazil.

Mount Everest is part of the Himalayas and it is the highest point

1. There are good and bad teenagers. I